Home | History | Annotate | Line # | Download | only in bfd
elf32-m68k.c revision 1.8
      1  1.1     skrll /* Motorola 68k series support for 32-bit ELF
      2  1.6  christos    Copyright (C) 1993-2015 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
      3  1.1     skrll 
      4  1.1     skrll    This file is part of BFD, the Binary File Descriptor library.
      5  1.1     skrll 
      6  1.1     skrll    This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
      7  1.1     skrll    it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
      8  1.1     skrll    the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
      9  1.1     skrll    (at your option) any later version.
     10  1.1     skrll 
     11  1.1     skrll    This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
     12  1.1     skrll    but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
     13  1.1     skrll    MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
     14  1.1     skrll    GNU General Public License for more details.
     15  1.1     skrll 
     16  1.1     skrll    You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
     17  1.1     skrll    along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
     18  1.1     skrll    Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street - Fifth Floor, Boston,
     19  1.1     skrll    MA 02110-1301, USA.  */
     20  1.1     skrll 
     21  1.1     skrll #include "sysdep.h"
     22  1.1     skrll #include "bfd.h"
     23  1.1     skrll #include "bfdlink.h"
     24  1.1     skrll #include "libbfd.h"
     25  1.1     skrll #include "elf-bfd.h"
     26  1.1     skrll #include "elf/m68k.h"
     27  1.1     skrll #include "opcode/m68k.h"
     28  1.1     skrll 
     29  1.4  christos static bfd_boolean
     30  1.4  christos elf_m68k_discard_copies (struct elf_link_hash_entry *, void *);
     31  1.1     skrll 
     32  1.4  christos static reloc_howto_type howto_table[] =
     33  1.4  christos {
     34  1.6  christos   HOWTO(R_68K_NONE,       0, 3, 0, FALSE,0, complain_overflow_dont,     bfd_elf_generic_reloc, "R_68K_NONE",      FALSE, 0, 0x00000000,FALSE),
     35  1.1     skrll   HOWTO(R_68K_32,         0, 2,32, FALSE,0, complain_overflow_bitfield, bfd_elf_generic_reloc, "R_68K_32",        FALSE, 0, 0xffffffff,FALSE),
     36  1.1     skrll   HOWTO(R_68K_16,         0, 1,16, FALSE,0, complain_overflow_bitfield, bfd_elf_generic_reloc, "R_68K_16",        FALSE, 0, 0x0000ffff,FALSE),
     37  1.1     skrll   HOWTO(R_68K_8,          0, 0, 8, FALSE,0, complain_overflow_bitfield, bfd_elf_generic_reloc, "R_68K_8",         FALSE, 0, 0x000000ff,FALSE),
     38  1.1     skrll   HOWTO(R_68K_PC32,       0, 2,32, TRUE, 0, complain_overflow_bitfield, bfd_elf_generic_reloc, "R_68K_PC32",      FALSE, 0, 0xffffffff,TRUE),
     39  1.1     skrll   HOWTO(R_68K_PC16,       0, 1,16, TRUE, 0, complain_overflow_signed,   bfd_elf_generic_reloc, "R_68K_PC16",      FALSE, 0, 0x0000ffff,TRUE),
     40  1.1     skrll   HOWTO(R_68K_PC8,        0, 0, 8, TRUE, 0, complain_overflow_signed,   bfd_elf_generic_reloc, "R_68K_PC8",       FALSE, 0, 0x000000ff,TRUE),
     41  1.1     skrll   HOWTO(R_68K_GOT32,      0, 2,32, TRUE, 0, complain_overflow_bitfield, bfd_elf_generic_reloc, "R_68K_GOT32",     FALSE, 0, 0xffffffff,TRUE),
     42  1.1     skrll   HOWTO(R_68K_GOT16,      0, 1,16, TRUE, 0, complain_overflow_signed,   bfd_elf_generic_reloc, "R_68K_GOT16",     FALSE, 0, 0x0000ffff,TRUE),
     43  1.1     skrll   HOWTO(R_68K_GOT8,       0, 0, 8, TRUE, 0, complain_overflow_signed,   bfd_elf_generic_reloc, "R_68K_GOT8",      FALSE, 0, 0x000000ff,TRUE),
     44  1.1     skrll   HOWTO(R_68K_GOT32O,     0, 2,32, FALSE,0, complain_overflow_bitfield, bfd_elf_generic_reloc, "R_68K_GOT32O",    FALSE, 0, 0xffffffff,FALSE),
     45  1.1     skrll   HOWTO(R_68K_GOT16O,     0, 1,16, FALSE,0, complain_overflow_signed,   bfd_elf_generic_reloc, "R_68K_GOT16O",    FALSE, 0, 0x0000ffff,FALSE),
     46  1.1     skrll   HOWTO(R_68K_GOT8O,      0, 0, 8, FALSE,0, complain_overflow_signed,   bfd_elf_generic_reloc, "R_68K_GOT8O",     FALSE, 0, 0x000000ff,FALSE),
     47  1.1     skrll   HOWTO(R_68K_PLT32,      0, 2,32, TRUE, 0, complain_overflow_bitfield, bfd_elf_generic_reloc, "R_68K_PLT32",     FALSE, 0, 0xffffffff,TRUE),
     48  1.1     skrll   HOWTO(R_68K_PLT16,      0, 1,16, TRUE, 0, complain_overflow_signed,   bfd_elf_generic_reloc, "R_68K_PLT16",     FALSE, 0, 0x0000ffff,TRUE),
     49  1.1     skrll   HOWTO(R_68K_PLT8,       0, 0, 8, TRUE, 0, complain_overflow_signed,   bfd_elf_generic_reloc, "R_68K_PLT8",      FALSE, 0, 0x000000ff,TRUE),
     50  1.1     skrll   HOWTO(R_68K_PLT32O,     0, 2,32, FALSE,0, complain_overflow_bitfield, bfd_elf_generic_reloc, "R_68K_PLT32O",    FALSE, 0, 0xffffffff,FALSE),
     51  1.1     skrll   HOWTO(R_68K_PLT16O,     0, 1,16, FALSE,0, complain_overflow_signed,   bfd_elf_generic_reloc, "R_68K_PLT16O",    FALSE, 0, 0x0000ffff,FALSE),
     52  1.1     skrll   HOWTO(R_68K_PLT8O,      0, 0, 8, FALSE,0, complain_overflow_signed,   bfd_elf_generic_reloc, "R_68K_PLT8O",     FALSE, 0, 0x000000ff,FALSE),
     53  1.1     skrll   HOWTO(R_68K_COPY,       0, 0, 0, FALSE,0, complain_overflow_dont,     bfd_elf_generic_reloc, "R_68K_COPY",      FALSE, 0, 0xffffffff,FALSE),
     54  1.1     skrll   HOWTO(R_68K_GLOB_DAT,   0, 2,32, FALSE,0, complain_overflow_dont,     bfd_elf_generic_reloc, "R_68K_GLOB_DAT",  FALSE, 0, 0xffffffff,FALSE),
     55  1.1     skrll   HOWTO(R_68K_JMP_SLOT,   0, 2,32, FALSE,0, complain_overflow_dont,     bfd_elf_generic_reloc, "R_68K_JMP_SLOT",  FALSE, 0, 0xffffffff,FALSE),
     56  1.1     skrll   HOWTO(R_68K_RELATIVE,   0, 2,32, FALSE,0, complain_overflow_dont,     bfd_elf_generic_reloc, "R_68K_RELATIVE",  FALSE, 0, 0xffffffff,FALSE),
     57  1.1     skrll   /* GNU extension to record C++ vtable hierarchy.  */
     58  1.1     skrll   HOWTO (R_68K_GNU_VTINHERIT,	/* type */
     59  1.1     skrll 	 0,			/* rightshift */
     60  1.1     skrll 	 2,			/* size (0 = byte, 1 = short, 2 = long) */
     61  1.1     skrll 	 0,			/* bitsize */
     62  1.1     skrll 	 FALSE,			/* pc_relative */
     63  1.1     skrll 	 0,			/* bitpos */
     64  1.1     skrll 	 complain_overflow_dont, /* complain_on_overflow */
     65  1.1     skrll 	 NULL,			/* special_function */
     66  1.1     skrll 	 "R_68K_GNU_VTINHERIT",	/* name */
     67  1.1     skrll 	 FALSE,			/* partial_inplace */
     68  1.1     skrll 	 0,			/* src_mask */
     69  1.1     skrll 	 0,			/* dst_mask */
     70  1.1     skrll 	 FALSE),
     71  1.1     skrll   /* GNU extension to record C++ vtable member usage.  */
     72  1.1     skrll   HOWTO (R_68K_GNU_VTENTRY,	/* type */
     73  1.1     skrll 	 0,			/* rightshift */
     74  1.1     skrll 	 2,			/* size (0 = byte, 1 = short, 2 = long) */
     75  1.1     skrll 	 0,			/* bitsize */
     76  1.1     skrll 	 FALSE,			/* pc_relative */
     77  1.1     skrll 	 0,			/* bitpos */
     78  1.1     skrll 	 complain_overflow_dont, /* complain_on_overflow */
     79  1.1     skrll 	 _bfd_elf_rel_vtable_reloc_fn, /* special_function */
     80  1.1     skrll 	 "R_68K_GNU_VTENTRY",	/* name */
     81  1.1     skrll 	 FALSE,			/* partial_inplace */
     82  1.1     skrll 	 0,			/* src_mask */
     83  1.1     skrll 	 0,			/* dst_mask */
     84  1.1     skrll 	 FALSE),
     85  1.3  christos 
     86  1.3  christos   /* TLS general dynamic variable reference.  */
     87  1.3  christos   HOWTO (R_68K_TLS_GD32,	/* type */
     88  1.3  christos 	 0,			/* rightshift */
     89  1.3  christos 	 2,			/* size (0 = byte, 1 = short, 2 = long) */
     90  1.3  christos 	 32,			/* bitsize */
     91  1.3  christos 	 FALSE,			/* pc_relative */
     92  1.3  christos 	 0,			/* bitpos */
     93  1.3  christos 	 complain_overflow_bitfield, /* complain_on_overflow */
     94  1.3  christos 	 bfd_elf_generic_reloc, /* special_function */
     95  1.3  christos 	 "R_68K_TLS_GD32",	/* name */
     96  1.3  christos 	 FALSE,			/* partial_inplace */
     97  1.3  christos 	 0,			/* src_mask */
     98  1.3  christos 	 0xffffffff,		/* dst_mask */
     99  1.3  christos 	 FALSE),		/* pcrel_offset */
    100  1.3  christos 
    101  1.3  christos   HOWTO (R_68K_TLS_GD16,	/* type */
    102  1.3  christos 	 0,			/* rightshift */
    103  1.3  christos 	 1,			/* size (0 = byte, 1 = short, 2 = long) */
    104  1.3  christos 	 16,			/* bitsize */
    105  1.3  christos 	 FALSE,			/* pc_relative */
    106  1.3  christos 	 0,			/* bitpos */
    107  1.3  christos 	 complain_overflow_signed, /* complain_on_overflow */
    108  1.3  christos 	 bfd_elf_generic_reloc, /* special_function */
    109  1.3  christos 	 "R_68K_TLS_GD16",	/* name */
    110  1.3  christos 	 FALSE,			/* partial_inplace */
    111  1.3  christos 	 0,			/* src_mask */
    112  1.3  christos 	 0x0000ffff,		/* dst_mask */
    113  1.3  christos 	 FALSE),		/* pcrel_offset */
    114  1.3  christos 
    115  1.3  christos   HOWTO (R_68K_TLS_GD8,		/* type */
    116  1.3  christos 	 0,			/* rightshift */
    117  1.3  christos 	 0,			/* size (0 = byte, 1 = short, 2 = long) */
    118  1.3  christos 	 8,			/* bitsize */
    119  1.3  christos 	 FALSE,			/* pc_relative */
    120  1.3  christos 	 0,			/* bitpos */
    121  1.3  christos 	 complain_overflow_signed, /* complain_on_overflow */
    122  1.3  christos 	 bfd_elf_generic_reloc, /* special_function */
    123  1.3  christos 	 "R_68K_TLS_GD8",	/* name */
    124  1.3  christos 	 FALSE,			/* partial_inplace */
    125  1.3  christos 	 0,			/* src_mask */
    126  1.3  christos 	 0x000000ff,		/* dst_mask */
    127  1.3  christos 	 FALSE),		/* pcrel_offset */
    128  1.3  christos 
    129  1.3  christos   /* TLS local dynamic variable reference.  */
    130  1.3  christos   HOWTO (R_68K_TLS_LDM32,	/* type */
    131  1.3  christos 	 0,			/* rightshift */
    132  1.3  christos 	 2,			/* size (0 = byte, 1 = short, 2 = long) */
    133  1.3  christos 	 32,			/* bitsize */
    134  1.3  christos 	 FALSE,			/* pc_relative */
    135  1.3  christos 	 0,			/* bitpos */
    136  1.3  christos 	 complain_overflow_bitfield, /* complain_on_overflow */
    137  1.3  christos 	 bfd_elf_generic_reloc, /* special_function */
    138  1.3  christos 	 "R_68K_TLS_LDM32",	/* name */
    139  1.3  christos 	 FALSE,			/* partial_inplace */
    140  1.3  christos 	 0,			/* src_mask */
    141  1.3  christos 	 0xffffffff,		/* dst_mask */
    142  1.3  christos 	 FALSE),		/* pcrel_offset */
    143  1.3  christos 
    144  1.3  christos   HOWTO (R_68K_TLS_LDM16,	/* type */
    145  1.3  christos 	 0,			/* rightshift */
    146  1.3  christos 	 1,			/* size (0 = byte, 1 = short, 2 = long) */
    147  1.3  christos 	 16,			/* bitsize */
    148  1.3  christos 	 FALSE,			/* pc_relative */
    149  1.3  christos 	 0,			/* bitpos */
    150  1.3  christos 	 complain_overflow_signed, /* complain_on_overflow */
    151  1.3  christos 	 bfd_elf_generic_reloc, /* special_function */
    152  1.3  christos 	 "R_68K_TLS_LDM16",	/* name */
    153  1.3  christos 	 FALSE,			/* partial_inplace */
    154  1.3  christos 	 0,			/* src_mask */
    155  1.3  christos 	 0x0000ffff,		/* dst_mask */
    156  1.3  christos 	 FALSE),		/* pcrel_offset */
    157  1.3  christos 
    158  1.3  christos   HOWTO (R_68K_TLS_LDM8,		/* type */
    159  1.3  christos 	 0,			/* rightshift */
    160  1.3  christos 	 0,			/* size (0 = byte, 1 = short, 2 = long) */
    161  1.3  christos 	 8,			/* bitsize */
    162  1.3  christos 	 FALSE,			/* pc_relative */
    163  1.3  christos 	 0,			/* bitpos */
    164  1.3  christos 	 complain_overflow_signed, /* complain_on_overflow */
    165  1.3  christos 	 bfd_elf_generic_reloc, /* special_function */
    166  1.3  christos 	 "R_68K_TLS_LDM8",	/* name */
    167  1.3  christos 	 FALSE,			/* partial_inplace */
    168  1.3  christos 	 0,			/* src_mask */
    169  1.3  christos 	 0x000000ff,		/* dst_mask */
    170  1.3  christos 	 FALSE),		/* pcrel_offset */
    171  1.3  christos 
    172  1.3  christos   HOWTO (R_68K_TLS_LDO32,	/* type */
    173  1.3  christos 	 0,			/* rightshift */
    174  1.3  christos 	 2,			/* size (0 = byte, 1 = short, 2 = long) */
    175  1.3  christos 	 32,			/* bitsize */
    176  1.3  christos 	 FALSE,			/* pc_relative */
    177  1.3  christos 	 0,			/* bitpos */
    178  1.3  christos 	 complain_overflow_bitfield, /* complain_on_overflow */
    179  1.3  christos 	 bfd_elf_generic_reloc, /* special_function */
    180  1.3  christos 	 "R_68K_TLS_LDO32",	/* name */
    181  1.3  christos 	 FALSE,			/* partial_inplace */
    182  1.3  christos 	 0,			/* src_mask */
    183  1.3  christos 	 0xffffffff,		/* dst_mask */
    184  1.3  christos 	 FALSE),		/* pcrel_offset */
    185  1.3  christos 
    186  1.3  christos   HOWTO (R_68K_TLS_LDO16,	/* type */
    187  1.3  christos 	 0,			/* rightshift */
    188  1.3  christos 	 1,			/* size (0 = byte, 1 = short, 2 = long) */
    189  1.3  christos 	 16,			/* bitsize */
    190  1.3  christos 	 FALSE,			/* pc_relative */
    191  1.3  christos 	 0,			/* bitpos */
    192  1.3  christos 	 complain_overflow_signed, /* complain_on_overflow */
    193  1.3  christos 	 bfd_elf_generic_reloc, /* special_function */
    194  1.3  christos 	 "R_68K_TLS_LDO16",	/* name */
    195  1.3  christos 	 FALSE,			/* partial_inplace */
    196  1.3  christos 	 0,			/* src_mask */
    197  1.3  christos 	 0x0000ffff,		/* dst_mask */
    198  1.3  christos 	 FALSE),		/* pcrel_offset */
    199  1.3  christos 
    200  1.3  christos   HOWTO (R_68K_TLS_LDO8,		/* type */
    201  1.3  christos 	 0,			/* rightshift */
    202  1.3  christos 	 0,			/* size (0 = byte, 1 = short, 2 = long) */
    203  1.3  christos 	 8,			/* bitsize */
    204  1.3  christos 	 FALSE,			/* pc_relative */
    205  1.3  christos 	 0,			/* bitpos */
    206  1.3  christos 	 complain_overflow_signed, /* complain_on_overflow */
    207  1.3  christos 	 bfd_elf_generic_reloc, /* special_function */
    208  1.3  christos 	 "R_68K_TLS_LDO8",	/* name */
    209  1.3  christos 	 FALSE,			/* partial_inplace */
    210  1.3  christos 	 0,			/* src_mask */
    211  1.3  christos 	 0x000000ff,		/* dst_mask */
    212  1.3  christos 	 FALSE),		/* pcrel_offset */
    213  1.3  christos 
    214  1.3  christos   /* TLS initial execution variable reference.  */
    215  1.3  christos   HOWTO (R_68K_TLS_IE32,	/* type */
    216  1.3  christos 	 0,			/* rightshift */
    217  1.3  christos 	 2,			/* size (0 = byte, 1 = short, 2 = long) */
    218  1.3  christos 	 32,			/* bitsize */
    219  1.3  christos 	 FALSE,			/* pc_relative */
    220  1.3  christos 	 0,			/* bitpos */
    221  1.3  christos 	 complain_overflow_bitfield, /* complain_on_overflow */
    222  1.3  christos 	 bfd_elf_generic_reloc, /* special_function */
    223  1.3  christos 	 "R_68K_TLS_IE32",	/* name */
    224  1.3  christos 	 FALSE,			/* partial_inplace */
    225  1.3  christos 	 0,			/* src_mask */
    226  1.3  christos 	 0xffffffff,		/* dst_mask */
    227  1.3  christos 	 FALSE),		/* pcrel_offset */
    228  1.3  christos 
    229  1.3  christos   HOWTO (R_68K_TLS_IE16,	/* type */
    230  1.3  christos 	 0,			/* rightshift */
    231  1.3  christos 	 1,			/* size (0 = byte, 1 = short, 2 = long) */
    232  1.3  christos 	 16,			/* bitsize */
    233  1.3  christos 	 FALSE,			/* pc_relative */
    234  1.3  christos 	 0,			/* bitpos */
    235  1.3  christos 	 complain_overflow_signed, /* complain_on_overflow */
    236  1.3  christos 	 bfd_elf_generic_reloc, /* special_function */
    237  1.3  christos 	 "R_68K_TLS_IE16",	/* name */
    238  1.3  christos 	 FALSE,			/* partial_inplace */
    239  1.3  christos 	 0,			/* src_mask */
    240  1.3  christos 	 0x0000ffff,		/* dst_mask */
    241  1.3  christos 	 FALSE),		/* pcrel_offset */
    242  1.3  christos 
    243  1.3  christos   HOWTO (R_68K_TLS_IE8,		/* type */
    244  1.3  christos 	 0,			/* rightshift */
    245  1.3  christos 	 0,			/* size (0 = byte, 1 = short, 2 = long) */
    246  1.3  christos 	 8,			/* bitsize */
    247  1.3  christos 	 FALSE,			/* pc_relative */
    248  1.3  christos 	 0,			/* bitpos */
    249  1.3  christos 	 complain_overflow_signed, /* complain_on_overflow */
    250  1.3  christos 	 bfd_elf_generic_reloc, /* special_function */
    251  1.3  christos 	 "R_68K_TLS_IE8",	/* name */
    252  1.3  christos 	 FALSE,			/* partial_inplace */
    253  1.3  christos 	 0,			/* src_mask */
    254  1.3  christos 	 0x000000ff,		/* dst_mask */
    255  1.3  christos 	 FALSE),		/* pcrel_offset */
    256  1.3  christos 
    257  1.3  christos   /* TLS local execution variable reference.  */
    258  1.3  christos   HOWTO (R_68K_TLS_LE32,	/* type */
    259  1.3  christos 	 0,			/* rightshift */
    260  1.3  christos 	 2,			/* size (0 = byte, 1 = short, 2 = long) */
    261  1.3  christos 	 32,			/* bitsize */
    262  1.3  christos 	 FALSE,			/* pc_relative */
    263  1.3  christos 	 0,			/* bitpos */
    264  1.3  christos 	 complain_overflow_bitfield, /* complain_on_overflow */
    265  1.3  christos 	 bfd_elf_generic_reloc, /* special_function */
    266  1.3  christos 	 "R_68K_TLS_LE32",	/* name */
    267  1.3  christos 	 FALSE,			/* partial_inplace */
    268  1.3  christos 	 0,			/* src_mask */
    269  1.3  christos 	 0xffffffff,		/* dst_mask */
    270  1.3  christos 	 FALSE),		/* pcrel_offset */
    271  1.3  christos 
    272  1.3  christos   HOWTO (R_68K_TLS_LE16,	/* type */
    273  1.3  christos 	 0,			/* rightshift */
    274  1.3  christos 	 1,			/* size (0 = byte, 1 = short, 2 = long) */
    275  1.3  christos 	 16,			/* bitsize */
    276  1.3  christos 	 FALSE,			/* pc_relative */
    277  1.3  christos 	 0,			/* bitpos */
    278  1.3  christos 	 complain_overflow_signed, /* complain_on_overflow */
    279  1.3  christos 	 bfd_elf_generic_reloc, /* special_function */
    280  1.3  christos 	 "R_68K_TLS_LE16",	/* name */
    281  1.3  christos 	 FALSE,			/* partial_inplace */
    282  1.3  christos 	 0,			/* src_mask */
    283  1.3  christos 	 0x0000ffff,		/* dst_mask */
    284  1.3  christos 	 FALSE),		/* pcrel_offset */
    285  1.3  christos 
    286  1.3  christos   HOWTO (R_68K_TLS_LE8,		/* type */
    287  1.3  christos 	 0,			/* rightshift */
    288  1.3  christos 	 0,			/* size (0 = byte, 1 = short, 2 = long) */
    289  1.3  christos 	 8,			/* bitsize */
    290  1.3  christos 	 FALSE,			/* pc_relative */
    291  1.3  christos 	 0,			/* bitpos */
    292  1.3  christos 	 complain_overflow_signed, /* complain_on_overflow */
    293  1.3  christos 	 bfd_elf_generic_reloc, /* special_function */
    294  1.3  christos 	 "R_68K_TLS_LE8",	/* name */
    295  1.3  christos 	 FALSE,			/* partial_inplace */
    296  1.3  christos 	 0,			/* src_mask */
    297  1.3  christos 	 0x000000ff,		/* dst_mask */
    298  1.3  christos 	 FALSE),		/* pcrel_offset */
    299  1.3  christos 
    300  1.3  christos   /* TLS GD/LD dynamic relocations.  */
    301  1.3  christos   HOWTO (R_68K_TLS_DTPMOD32,	/* type */
    302  1.3  christos 	 0,			/* rightshift */
    303  1.3  christos 	 2,			/* size (0 = byte, 1 = short, 2 = long) */
    304  1.3  christos 	 32,			/* bitsize */
    305  1.3  christos 	 FALSE,			/* pc_relative */
    306  1.3  christos 	 0,			/* bitpos */
    307  1.3  christos 	 complain_overflow_dont, /* complain_on_overflow */
    308  1.3  christos 	 bfd_elf_generic_reloc, /* special_function */
    309  1.3  christos 	 "R_68K_TLS_DTPMOD32",	/* name */
    310  1.3  christos 	 FALSE,			/* partial_inplace */
    311  1.3  christos 	 0,			/* src_mask */
    312  1.3  christos 	 0xffffffff,		/* dst_mask */
    313  1.3  christos 	 FALSE),		/* pcrel_offset */
    314  1.3  christos 
    315  1.3  christos   HOWTO (R_68K_TLS_DTPREL32,	/* type */
    316  1.3  christos 	 0,			/* rightshift */
    317  1.3  christos 	 2,			/* size (0 = byte, 1 = short, 2 = long) */
    318  1.3  christos 	 32,			/* bitsize */
    319  1.3  christos 	 FALSE,			/* pc_relative */
    320  1.3  christos 	 0,			/* bitpos */
    321  1.3  christos 	 complain_overflow_dont, /* complain_on_overflow */
    322  1.3  christos 	 bfd_elf_generic_reloc, /* special_function */
    323  1.3  christos 	 "R_68K_TLS_DTPREL32",	/* name */
    324  1.3  christos 	 FALSE,			/* partial_inplace */
    325  1.3  christos 	 0,			/* src_mask */
    326  1.3  christos 	 0xffffffff,		/* dst_mask */
    327  1.3  christos 	 FALSE),		/* pcrel_offset */
    328  1.3  christos 
    329  1.3  christos   HOWTO (R_68K_TLS_TPREL32,	/* type */
    330  1.3  christos 	 0,			/* rightshift */
    331  1.3  christos 	 2,			/* size (0 = byte, 1 = short, 2 = long) */
    332  1.3  christos 	 32,			/* bitsize */
    333  1.3  christos 	 FALSE,			/* pc_relative */
    334  1.3  christos 	 0,			/* bitpos */
    335  1.3  christos 	 complain_overflow_dont, /* complain_on_overflow */
    336  1.3  christos 	 bfd_elf_generic_reloc, /* special_function */
    337  1.3  christos 	 "R_68K_TLS_TPREL32",	/* name */
    338  1.3  christos 	 FALSE,			/* partial_inplace */
    339  1.3  christos 	 0,			/* src_mask */
    340  1.3  christos 	 0xffffffff,		/* dst_mask */
    341  1.3  christos 	 FALSE),		/* pcrel_offset */
    342  1.1     skrll };
    343  1.1     skrll 
    344  1.1     skrll static void
    345  1.3  christos rtype_to_howto (bfd *abfd, arelent *cache_ptr, Elf_Internal_Rela *dst)
    346  1.1     skrll {
    347  1.3  christos   unsigned int indx = ELF32_R_TYPE (dst->r_info);
    348  1.3  christos 
    349  1.3  christos   if (indx >= (unsigned int) R_68K_max)
    350  1.3  christos     {
    351  1.3  christos       (*_bfd_error_handler) (_("%B: invalid relocation type %d"),
    352  1.3  christos 			     abfd, (int) indx);
    353  1.3  christos       indx = R_68K_NONE;
    354  1.3  christos     }
    355  1.3  christos   cache_ptr->howto = &howto_table[indx];
    356  1.1     skrll }
    357  1.1     skrll 
    358  1.1     skrll #define elf_info_to_howto rtype_to_howto
    359  1.1     skrll 
    360  1.1     skrll static const struct
    361  1.1     skrll {
    362  1.1     skrll   bfd_reloc_code_real_type bfd_val;
    363  1.1     skrll   int elf_val;
    364  1.3  christos }
    365  1.3  christos   reloc_map[] =
    366  1.3  christos {
    367  1.1     skrll   { BFD_RELOC_NONE, R_68K_NONE },
    368  1.1     skrll   { BFD_RELOC_32, R_68K_32 },
    369  1.1     skrll   { BFD_RELOC_16, R_68K_16 },
    370  1.1     skrll   { BFD_RELOC_8, R_68K_8 },
    371  1.1     skrll   { BFD_RELOC_32_PCREL, R_68K_PC32 },
    372  1.1     skrll   { BFD_RELOC_16_PCREL, R_68K_PC16 },
    373  1.1     skrll   { BFD_RELOC_8_PCREL, R_68K_PC8 },
    374  1.1     skrll   { BFD_RELOC_32_GOT_PCREL, R_68K_GOT32 },
    375  1.1     skrll   { BFD_RELOC_16_GOT_PCREL, R_68K_GOT16 },
    376  1.1     skrll   { BFD_RELOC_8_GOT_PCREL, R_68K_GOT8 },
    377  1.1     skrll   { BFD_RELOC_32_GOTOFF, R_68K_GOT32O },
    378  1.1     skrll   { BFD_RELOC_16_GOTOFF, R_68K_GOT16O },
    379  1.1     skrll   { BFD_RELOC_8_GOTOFF, R_68K_GOT8O },
    380  1.1     skrll   { BFD_RELOC_32_PLT_PCREL, R_68K_PLT32 },
    381  1.1     skrll   { BFD_RELOC_16_PLT_PCREL, R_68K_PLT16 },
    382  1.1     skrll   { BFD_RELOC_8_PLT_PCREL, R_68K_PLT8 },
    383  1.1     skrll   { BFD_RELOC_32_PLTOFF, R_68K_PLT32O },
    384  1.1     skrll   { BFD_RELOC_16_PLTOFF, R_68K_PLT16O },
    385  1.1     skrll   { BFD_RELOC_8_PLTOFF, R_68K_PLT8O },
    386  1.1     skrll   { BFD_RELOC_NONE, R_68K_COPY },
    387  1.1     skrll   { BFD_RELOC_68K_GLOB_DAT, R_68K_GLOB_DAT },
    388  1.1     skrll   { BFD_RELOC_68K_JMP_SLOT, R_68K_JMP_SLOT },
    389  1.1     skrll   { BFD_RELOC_68K_RELATIVE, R_68K_RELATIVE },
    390  1.1     skrll   { BFD_RELOC_CTOR, R_68K_32 },
    391  1.1     skrll   { BFD_RELOC_VTABLE_INHERIT, R_68K_GNU_VTINHERIT },
    392  1.1     skrll   { BFD_RELOC_VTABLE_ENTRY, R_68K_GNU_VTENTRY },
    393  1.3  christos   { BFD_RELOC_68K_TLS_GD32, R_68K_TLS_GD32 },
    394  1.3  christos   { BFD_RELOC_68K_TLS_GD16, R_68K_TLS_GD16 },
    395  1.3  christos   { BFD_RELOC_68K_TLS_GD8, R_68K_TLS_GD8 },
    396  1.3  christos   { BFD_RELOC_68K_TLS_LDM32, R_68K_TLS_LDM32 },
    397  1.3  christos   { BFD_RELOC_68K_TLS_LDM16, R_68K_TLS_LDM16 },
    398  1.3  christos   { BFD_RELOC_68K_TLS_LDM8, R_68K_TLS_LDM8 },
    399  1.3  christos   { BFD_RELOC_68K_TLS_LDO32, R_68K_TLS_LDO32 },
    400  1.3  christos   { BFD_RELOC_68K_TLS_LDO16, R_68K_TLS_LDO16 },
    401  1.3  christos   { BFD_RELOC_68K_TLS_LDO8, R_68K_TLS_LDO8 },
    402  1.3  christos   { BFD_RELOC_68K_TLS_IE32, R_68K_TLS_IE32 },
    403  1.3  christos   { BFD_RELOC_68K_TLS_IE16, R_68K_TLS_IE16 },
    404  1.3  christos   { BFD_RELOC_68K_TLS_IE8, R_68K_TLS_IE8 },
    405  1.3  christos   { BFD_RELOC_68K_TLS_LE32, R_68K_TLS_LE32 },
    406  1.3  christos   { BFD_RELOC_68K_TLS_LE16, R_68K_TLS_LE16 },
    407  1.3  christos   { BFD_RELOC_68K_TLS_LE8, R_68K_TLS_LE8 },
    408  1.1     skrll };
    409  1.1     skrll 
    410  1.1     skrll static reloc_howto_type *
    411  1.4  christos reloc_type_lookup (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
    412  1.4  christos 		   bfd_reloc_code_real_type code)
    413  1.1     skrll {
    414  1.1     skrll   unsigned int i;
    415  1.1     skrll   for (i = 0; i < sizeof (reloc_map) / sizeof (reloc_map[0]); i++)
    416  1.1     skrll     {
    417  1.1     skrll       if (reloc_map[i].bfd_val == code)
    418  1.1     skrll 	return &howto_table[reloc_map[i].elf_val];
    419  1.1     skrll     }
    420  1.1     skrll   return 0;
    421  1.1     skrll }
    422  1.1     skrll 
    423  1.1     skrll static reloc_howto_type *
    424  1.1     skrll reloc_name_lookup (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, const char *r_name)
    425  1.1     skrll {
    426  1.1     skrll   unsigned int i;
    427  1.1     skrll 
    428  1.1     skrll   for (i = 0; i < sizeof (howto_table) / sizeof (howto_table[0]); i++)
    429  1.1     skrll     if (howto_table[i].name != NULL
    430  1.1     skrll 	&& strcasecmp (howto_table[i].name, r_name) == 0)
    431  1.1     skrll       return &howto_table[i];
    432  1.1     skrll 
    433  1.1     skrll   return NULL;
    434  1.1     skrll }
    435  1.1     skrll 
    436  1.1     skrll #define bfd_elf32_bfd_reloc_type_lookup reloc_type_lookup
    437  1.1     skrll #define bfd_elf32_bfd_reloc_name_lookup reloc_name_lookup
    438  1.1     skrll #define ELF_ARCH bfd_arch_m68k
    439  1.3  christos #define ELF_TARGET_ID M68K_ELF_DATA
    440  1.1     skrll 
    441  1.1     skrll /* Functions for the m68k ELF linker.  */
    443  1.1     skrll 
    444  1.1     skrll /* The name of the dynamic interpreter.  This is put in the .interp
    445  1.1     skrll    section.  */
    446  1.1     skrll 
    447  1.1     skrll #define ELF_DYNAMIC_INTERPRETER "/usr/lib/libc.so.1"
    448  1.1     skrll 
    449  1.1     skrll /* Describes one of the various PLT styles.  */
    450  1.1     skrll 
    451  1.1     skrll struct elf_m68k_plt_info
    452  1.1     skrll {
    453  1.1     skrll   /* The size of each PLT entry.  */
    454  1.1     skrll   bfd_vma size;
    455  1.1     skrll 
    456  1.1     skrll   /* The template for the first PLT entry.  */
    457  1.1     skrll   const bfd_byte *plt0_entry;
    458  1.1     skrll 
    459  1.1     skrll   /* Offsets of fields in PLT0_ENTRY that require R_68K_PC32 relocations.
    460  1.1     skrll      The comments by each member indicate the value that the relocation
    461  1.1     skrll      is against.  */
    462  1.1     skrll   struct {
    463  1.1     skrll     unsigned int got4; /* .got + 4 */
    464  1.1     skrll     unsigned int got8; /* .got + 8 */
    465  1.1     skrll   } plt0_relocs;
    466  1.1     skrll 
    467  1.1     skrll   /* The template for a symbol's PLT entry.  */
    468  1.1     skrll   const bfd_byte *symbol_entry;
    469  1.1     skrll 
    470  1.1     skrll   /* Offsets of fields in SYMBOL_ENTRY that require R_68K_PC32 relocations.
    471  1.1     skrll      The comments by each member indicate the value that the relocation
    472  1.1     skrll      is against.  */
    473  1.1     skrll   struct {
    474  1.1     skrll     unsigned int got; /* the symbol's .got.plt entry */
    475  1.1     skrll     unsigned int plt; /* .plt */
    476  1.1     skrll   } symbol_relocs;
    477  1.1     skrll 
    478  1.1     skrll   /* The offset of the resolver stub from the start of SYMBOL_ENTRY.
    479  1.1     skrll      The stub starts with "move.l #relocoffset,%d0".  */
    480  1.1     skrll   bfd_vma symbol_resolve_entry;
    481  1.1     skrll };
    482  1.1     skrll 
    483  1.1     skrll /* The size in bytes of an entry in the procedure linkage table.  */
    484  1.1     skrll 
    485  1.1     skrll #define PLT_ENTRY_SIZE 20
    486  1.1     skrll 
    487  1.1     skrll /* The first entry in a procedure linkage table looks like this.  See
    488  1.1     skrll    the SVR4 ABI m68k supplement to see how this works.  */
    489  1.1     skrll 
    490  1.1     skrll static const bfd_byte elf_m68k_plt0_entry[PLT_ENTRY_SIZE] =
    491  1.1     skrll {
    492  1.1     skrll   0x2f, 0x3b, 0x01, 0x70, /* move.l (%pc,addr),-(%sp) */
    493  1.1     skrll   0, 0, 0, 2,		  /* + (.got + 4) - . */
    494  1.1     skrll   0x4e, 0xfb, 0x01, 0x71, /* jmp ([%pc,addr]) */
    495  1.1     skrll   0, 0, 0, 2,		  /* + (.got + 8) - . */
    496  1.1     skrll   0, 0, 0, 0		  /* pad out to 20 bytes.  */
    497  1.1     skrll };
    498  1.1     skrll 
    499  1.1     skrll /* Subsequent entries in a procedure linkage table look like this.  */
    500  1.1     skrll 
    501  1.1     skrll static const bfd_byte elf_m68k_plt_entry[PLT_ENTRY_SIZE] =
    502  1.1     skrll {
    503  1.1     skrll   0x4e, 0xfb, 0x01, 0x71, /* jmp ([%pc,symbol@GOTPC]) */
    504  1.1     skrll   0, 0, 0, 2,		  /* + (.got.plt entry) - . */
    505  1.1     skrll   0x2f, 0x3c,		  /* move.l #offset,-(%sp) */
    506  1.1     skrll   0, 0, 0, 0,		  /* + reloc index */
    507  1.1     skrll   0x60, 0xff,		  /* bra.l .plt */
    508  1.1     skrll   0, 0, 0, 0		  /* + .plt - . */
    509  1.1     skrll };
    510  1.1     skrll 
    511  1.1     skrll static const struct elf_m68k_plt_info elf_m68k_plt_info = {
    512  1.1     skrll   PLT_ENTRY_SIZE,
    513  1.1     skrll   elf_m68k_plt0_entry, { 4, 12 },
    514  1.1     skrll   elf_m68k_plt_entry, { 4, 16 }, 8
    515  1.1     skrll };
    516  1.1     skrll 
    517  1.1     skrll #define ISAB_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE 24
    518  1.1     skrll 
    519  1.1     skrll static const bfd_byte elf_isab_plt0_entry[ISAB_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE] =
    520  1.1     skrll {
    521  1.1     skrll   0x20, 0x3c,             /* move.l #offset,%d0 */
    522  1.1     skrll   0, 0, 0, 0,             /* + (.got + 4) - . */
    523  1.1     skrll   0x2f, 0x3b, 0x08, 0xfa, /* move.l (-6,%pc,%d0:l),-(%sp) */
    524  1.1     skrll   0x20, 0x3c,             /* move.l #offset,%d0 */
    525  1.1     skrll   0, 0, 0, 0,             /* + (.got + 8) - . */
    526  1.1     skrll   0x20, 0x7b, 0x08, 0xfa, /* move.l (-6,%pc,%d0:l), %a0 */
    527  1.1     skrll   0x4e, 0xd0,             /* jmp (%a0) */
    528  1.1     skrll   0x4e, 0x71		  /* nop */
    529  1.1     skrll };
    530  1.1     skrll 
    531  1.1     skrll /* Subsequent entries in a procedure linkage table look like this.  */
    532  1.1     skrll 
    533  1.1     skrll static const bfd_byte elf_isab_plt_entry[ISAB_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE] =
    534  1.1     skrll {
    535  1.1     skrll   0x20, 0x3c,             /* move.l #offset,%d0 */
    536  1.1     skrll   0, 0, 0, 0,             /* + (.got.plt entry) - . */
    537  1.1     skrll   0x20, 0x7b, 0x08, 0xfa, /* move.l (-6,%pc,%d0:l), %a0 */
    538  1.1     skrll   0x4e, 0xd0,             /* jmp (%a0) */
    539  1.1     skrll   0x2f, 0x3c,             /* move.l #offset,-(%sp) */
    540  1.1     skrll   0, 0, 0, 0,             /* + reloc index */
    541  1.1     skrll   0x60, 0xff,             /* bra.l .plt */
    542  1.1     skrll   0, 0, 0, 0              /* + .plt - . */
    543  1.1     skrll };
    544  1.1     skrll 
    545  1.1     skrll static const struct elf_m68k_plt_info elf_isab_plt_info = {
    546  1.1     skrll   ISAB_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE,
    547  1.1     skrll   elf_isab_plt0_entry, { 2, 12 },
    548  1.1     skrll   elf_isab_plt_entry, { 2, 20 }, 12
    549  1.1     skrll };
    550  1.1     skrll 
    551  1.1     skrll #define ISAC_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE 24
    552  1.1     skrll 
    553  1.1     skrll static const bfd_byte elf_isac_plt0_entry[ISAC_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE] =
    554  1.1     skrll {
    555  1.1     skrll   0x20, 0x3c,		  /* move.l #offset,%d0 */
    556  1.1     skrll   0, 0, 0, 0,		  /* replaced with .got + 4 - . */
    557  1.1     skrll   0x2e, 0xbb, 0x08, 0xfa, /* move.l (-6,%pc,%d0:l),(%sp) */
    558  1.1     skrll   0x20, 0x3c,		  /* move.l #offset,%d0 */
    559  1.1     skrll   0, 0, 0, 0,		  /* replaced with .got + 8 - . */
    560  1.1     skrll   0x20, 0x7b, 0x08, 0xfa, /* move.l (-6,%pc,%d0:l), %a0 */
    561  1.1     skrll   0x4e, 0xd0,		  /* jmp (%a0) */
    562  1.1     skrll   0x4e, 0x71		  /* nop */
    563  1.1     skrll };
    564  1.1     skrll 
    565  1.1     skrll /* Subsequent entries in a procedure linkage table look like this.  */
    566  1.1     skrll 
    567  1.1     skrll static const bfd_byte elf_isac_plt_entry[ISAC_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE] =
    568  1.1     skrll {
    569  1.1     skrll   0x20, 0x3c,		  /* move.l #offset,%d0 */
    570  1.1     skrll   0, 0, 0, 0,		  /* replaced with (.got entry) - . */
    571  1.1     skrll   0x20, 0x7b, 0x08, 0xfa, /* move.l (-6,%pc,%d0:l), %a0 */
    572  1.1     skrll   0x4e, 0xd0,		  /* jmp (%a0) */
    573  1.1     skrll   0x2f, 0x3c,		  /* move.l #offset,-(%sp) */
    574  1.1     skrll   0, 0, 0, 0,		  /* replaced with offset into relocation table */
    575  1.1     skrll   0x61, 0xff,		  /* bsr.l .plt */
    576  1.1     skrll   0, 0, 0, 0 		  /* replaced with .plt - . */
    577  1.1     skrll };
    578  1.1     skrll 
    579  1.1     skrll static const struct elf_m68k_plt_info elf_isac_plt_info = {
    580  1.1     skrll   ISAC_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE,
    581  1.1     skrll   elf_isac_plt0_entry, { 2, 12},
    582  1.1     skrll   elf_isac_plt_entry, { 2, 20 }, 12
    583  1.1     skrll };
    584  1.1     skrll 
    585  1.1     skrll #define CPU32_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE 24
    586  1.1     skrll /* Procedure linkage table entries for the cpu32 */
    587  1.1     skrll static const bfd_byte elf_cpu32_plt0_entry[CPU32_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE] =
    588  1.1     skrll {
    589  1.1     skrll   0x2f, 0x3b, 0x01, 0x70, /* move.l (%pc,addr),-(%sp) */
    590  1.1     skrll   0, 0, 0, 2,             /* + (.got + 4) - . */
    591  1.1     skrll   0x22, 0x7b, 0x01, 0x70, /* moveal %pc@(0xc), %a1 */
    592  1.1     skrll   0, 0, 0, 2,             /* + (.got + 8) - . */
    593  1.1     skrll   0x4e, 0xd1,             /* jmp %a1@ */
    594  1.1     skrll   0, 0, 0, 0,             /* pad out to 24 bytes.  */
    595  1.1     skrll   0, 0
    596  1.1     skrll };
    597  1.1     skrll 
    598  1.1     skrll static const bfd_byte elf_cpu32_plt_entry[CPU32_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE] =
    599  1.1     skrll {
    600  1.1     skrll   0x22, 0x7b, 0x01, 0x70,  /* moveal %pc@(0xc), %a1 */
    601  1.1     skrll   0, 0, 0, 2,              /* + (.got.plt entry) - . */
    602  1.1     skrll   0x4e, 0xd1,              /* jmp %a1@ */
    603  1.1     skrll   0x2f, 0x3c,              /* move.l #offset,-(%sp) */
    604  1.1     skrll   0, 0, 0, 0,              /* + reloc index */
    605  1.1     skrll   0x60, 0xff,              /* bra.l .plt */
    606  1.1     skrll   0, 0, 0, 0,              /* + .plt - . */
    607  1.1     skrll   0, 0
    608  1.1     skrll };
    609  1.1     skrll 
    610  1.1     skrll static const struct elf_m68k_plt_info elf_cpu32_plt_info = {
    611  1.1     skrll   CPU32_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE,
    612  1.1     skrll   elf_cpu32_plt0_entry, { 4, 12 },
    613  1.1     skrll   elf_cpu32_plt_entry, { 4, 18 }, 10
    614  1.1     skrll };
    615  1.1     skrll 
    616  1.1     skrll /* The m68k linker needs to keep track of the number of relocs that it
    617  1.1     skrll    decides to copy in check_relocs for each symbol.  This is so that it
    618  1.1     skrll    can discard PC relative relocs if it doesn't need them when linking
    619  1.1     skrll    with -Bsymbolic.  We store the information in a field extending the
    620  1.1     skrll    regular ELF linker hash table.  */
    621  1.1     skrll 
    622  1.1     skrll /* This structure keeps track of the number of PC relative relocs we have
    623  1.1     skrll    copied for a given symbol.  */
    624  1.1     skrll 
    625  1.1     skrll struct elf_m68k_pcrel_relocs_copied
    626  1.1     skrll {
    627  1.1     skrll   /* Next section.  */
    628  1.1     skrll   struct elf_m68k_pcrel_relocs_copied *next;
    629  1.1     skrll   /* A section in dynobj.  */
    630  1.1     skrll   asection *section;
    631  1.1     skrll   /* Number of relocs copied in this section.  */
    632  1.1     skrll   bfd_size_type count;
    633  1.1     skrll };
    634  1.1     skrll 
    635  1.1     skrll /* Forward declaration.  */
    636  1.1     skrll struct elf_m68k_got_entry;
    637  1.1     skrll 
    638  1.1     skrll /* m68k ELF linker hash entry.  */
    639  1.1     skrll 
    640  1.1     skrll struct elf_m68k_link_hash_entry
    641  1.1     skrll {
    642  1.1     skrll   struct elf_link_hash_entry root;
    643  1.1     skrll 
    644  1.1     skrll   /* Number of PC relative relocs copied for this symbol.  */
    645  1.1     skrll   struct elf_m68k_pcrel_relocs_copied *pcrel_relocs_copied;
    646  1.1     skrll 
    647  1.1     skrll   /* Key to got_entries.  */
    648  1.1     skrll   unsigned long got_entry_key;
    649  1.1     skrll 
    650  1.1     skrll   /* List of GOT entries for this symbol.  This list is build during
    651  1.1     skrll      offset finalization and is used within elf_m68k_finish_dynamic_symbol
    652  1.1     skrll      to traverse all GOT entries for a particular symbol.
    653  1.1     skrll 
    654  1.1     skrll      ??? We could've used root.got.glist field instead, but having
    655  1.1     skrll      a separate field is cleaner.  */
    656  1.1     skrll   struct elf_m68k_got_entry *glist;
    657  1.1     skrll };
    658  1.1     skrll 
    659  1.1     skrll #define elf_m68k_hash_entry(ent) ((struct elf_m68k_link_hash_entry *) (ent))
    660  1.1     skrll 
    661  1.1     skrll /* Key part of GOT entry in hashtable.  */
    662  1.1     skrll struct elf_m68k_got_entry_key
    663  1.1     skrll {
    664  1.1     skrll   /* BFD in which this symbol was defined.  NULL for global symbols.  */
    665  1.1     skrll   const bfd *bfd;
    666  1.1     skrll 
    667  1.1     skrll   /* Symbol index.  Either local symbol index or h->got_entry_key.  */
    668  1.3  christos   unsigned long symndx;
    669  1.3  christos 
    670  1.3  christos   /* Type is one of R_68K_GOT{8, 16, 32}O, R_68K_TLS_GD{8, 16, 32},
    671  1.3  christos      R_68K_TLS_LDM{8, 16, 32} or R_68K_TLS_IE{8, 16, 32}.
    672  1.3  christos 
    673  1.3  christos      From perspective of hashtable key, only elf_m68k_got_reloc_type (type)
    674  1.3  christos      matters.  That is, we distinguish between, say, R_68K_GOT16O
    675  1.3  christos      and R_68K_GOT32O when allocating offsets, but they are considered to be
    676  1.3  christos      the same when searching got->entries.  */
    677  1.1     skrll   enum elf_m68k_reloc_type type;
    678  1.1     skrll };
    679  1.3  christos 
    680  1.3  christos /* Size of the GOT offset suitable for relocation.  */
    681  1.3  christos enum elf_m68k_got_offset_size { R_8, R_16, R_32, R_LAST };
    682  1.1     skrll 
    683  1.1     skrll /* Entry of the GOT.  */
    684  1.1     skrll struct elf_m68k_got_entry
    685  1.1     skrll {
    686  1.1     skrll   /* GOT entries are put into a got->entries hashtable.  This is the key.  */
    687  1.1     skrll   struct elf_m68k_got_entry_key key_;
    688  1.1     skrll 
    689  1.1     skrll   /* GOT entry data.  We need s1 before offset finalization and s2 after.  */
    690  1.1     skrll   union
    691  1.1     skrll   {
    692  1.1     skrll     struct
    693  1.1     skrll     {
    694  1.1     skrll       /* Number of times this entry is referenced.  It is used to
    695  1.1     skrll 	 filter out unnecessary GOT slots in elf_m68k_gc_sweep_hook.  */
    696  1.1     skrll       bfd_vma refcount;
    697  1.1     skrll     } s1;
    698  1.1     skrll 
    699  1.1     skrll     struct
    700  1.1     skrll     {
    701  1.1     skrll       /* Offset from the start of .got section.  To calculate offset relative
    702  1.1     skrll 	 to GOT pointer one should substract got->offset from this value.  */
    703  1.1     skrll       bfd_vma offset;
    704  1.1     skrll 
    705  1.1     skrll       /* Pointer to the next GOT entry for this global symbol.
    706  1.1     skrll 	 Symbols have at most one entry in one GOT, but might
    707  1.1     skrll 	 have entries in more than one GOT.
    708  1.1     skrll 	 Root of this list is h->glist.
    709  1.1     skrll 	 NULL for local symbols.  */
    710  1.1     skrll       struct elf_m68k_got_entry *next;
    711  1.1     skrll     } s2;
    712  1.1     skrll   } u;
    713  1.1     skrll };
    714  1.3  christos 
    715  1.3  christos /* Return representative type for relocation R_TYPE.
    716  1.3  christos    This is used to avoid enumerating many relocations in comparisons,
    717  1.3  christos    switches etc.  */
    718  1.3  christos 
    719  1.3  christos static enum elf_m68k_reloc_type
    720  1.3  christos elf_m68k_reloc_got_type (enum elf_m68k_reloc_type r_type)
    721  1.3  christos {
    722  1.3  christos   switch (r_type)
    723  1.3  christos     {
    724  1.3  christos       /* In most cases R_68K_GOTx relocations require the very same
    725  1.3  christos 	 handling as R_68K_GOT32O relocation.  In cases when we need
    726  1.3  christos 	 to distinguish between the two, we use explicitly compare against
    727  1.3  christos 	 r_type.  */
    728  1.3  christos     case R_68K_GOT32:
    729  1.3  christos     case R_68K_GOT16:
    730  1.3  christos     case R_68K_GOT8:
    731  1.3  christos     case R_68K_GOT32O:
    732  1.3  christos     case R_68K_GOT16O:
    733  1.3  christos     case R_68K_GOT8O:
    734  1.3  christos       return R_68K_GOT32O;
    735  1.3  christos 
    736  1.3  christos     case R_68K_TLS_GD32:
    737  1.3  christos     case R_68K_TLS_GD16:
    738  1.3  christos     case R_68K_TLS_GD8:
    739  1.3  christos       return R_68K_TLS_GD32;
    740  1.3  christos 
    741  1.3  christos     case R_68K_TLS_LDM32:
    742  1.3  christos     case R_68K_TLS_LDM16:
    743  1.3  christos     case R_68K_TLS_LDM8:
    744  1.3  christos       return R_68K_TLS_LDM32;
    745  1.3  christos 
    746  1.3  christos     case R_68K_TLS_IE32:
    747  1.3  christos     case R_68K_TLS_IE16:
    748  1.3  christos     case R_68K_TLS_IE8:
    749  1.3  christos       return R_68K_TLS_IE32;
    750  1.3  christos 
    751  1.3  christos     default:
    752  1.3  christos       BFD_ASSERT (FALSE);
    753  1.3  christos       return 0;
    754  1.3  christos     }
    755  1.3  christos }
    756  1.3  christos 
    757  1.3  christos /* Return size of the GOT entry offset for relocation R_TYPE.  */
    758  1.3  christos 
    759  1.3  christos static enum elf_m68k_got_offset_size
    760  1.3  christos elf_m68k_reloc_got_offset_size (enum elf_m68k_reloc_type r_type)
    761  1.3  christos {
    762  1.3  christos   switch (r_type)
    763  1.3  christos     {
    764  1.3  christos     case R_68K_GOT32: case R_68K_GOT16: case R_68K_GOT8:
    765  1.3  christos     case R_68K_GOT32O: case R_68K_TLS_GD32: case R_68K_TLS_LDM32:
    766  1.3  christos     case R_68K_TLS_IE32:
    767  1.3  christos       return R_32;
    768  1.3  christos 
    769  1.3  christos     case R_68K_GOT16O: case R_68K_TLS_GD16: case R_68K_TLS_LDM16:
    770  1.3  christos     case R_68K_TLS_IE16:
    771  1.3  christos       return R_16;
    772  1.3  christos 
    773  1.3  christos     case R_68K_GOT8O: case R_68K_TLS_GD8: case R_68K_TLS_LDM8:
    774  1.3  christos     case R_68K_TLS_IE8:
    775  1.3  christos       return R_8;
    776  1.3  christos 
    777  1.3  christos     default:
    778  1.3  christos       BFD_ASSERT (FALSE);
    779  1.3  christos       return 0;
    780  1.3  christos     }
    781  1.3  christos }
    782  1.3  christos 
    783  1.3  christos /* Return number of GOT entries we need to allocate in GOT for
    784  1.3  christos    relocation R_TYPE.  */
    785  1.3  christos 
    786  1.3  christos static bfd_vma
    787  1.3  christos elf_m68k_reloc_got_n_slots (enum elf_m68k_reloc_type r_type)
    788  1.3  christos {
    789  1.3  christos   switch (elf_m68k_reloc_got_type (r_type))
    790  1.3  christos     {
    791  1.3  christos     case R_68K_GOT32O:
    792  1.3  christos     case R_68K_TLS_IE32:
    793  1.3  christos       return 1;
    794  1.3  christos 
    795  1.3  christos     case R_68K_TLS_GD32:
    796  1.3  christos     case R_68K_TLS_LDM32:
    797  1.3  christos       return 2;
    798  1.3  christos 
    799  1.3  christos     default:
    800  1.3  christos       BFD_ASSERT (FALSE);
    801  1.3  christos       return 0;
    802  1.3  christos     }
    803  1.3  christos }
    804  1.3  christos 
    805  1.3  christos /* Return TRUE if relocation R_TYPE is a TLS one.  */
    806  1.3  christos 
    807  1.3  christos static bfd_boolean
    808  1.3  christos elf_m68k_reloc_tls_p (enum elf_m68k_reloc_type r_type)
    809  1.3  christos {
    810  1.3  christos   switch (r_type)
    811  1.3  christos     {
    812  1.3  christos     case R_68K_TLS_GD32: case R_68K_TLS_GD16: case R_68K_TLS_GD8:
    813  1.3  christos     case R_68K_TLS_LDM32: case R_68K_TLS_LDM16: case R_68K_TLS_LDM8:
    814  1.3  christos     case R_68K_TLS_LDO32: case R_68K_TLS_LDO16: case R_68K_TLS_LDO8:
    815  1.3  christos     case R_68K_TLS_IE32: case R_68K_TLS_IE16: case R_68K_TLS_IE8:
    816  1.3  christos     case R_68K_TLS_LE32: case R_68K_TLS_LE16: case R_68K_TLS_LE8:
    817  1.3  christos     case R_68K_TLS_DTPMOD32: case R_68K_TLS_DTPREL32: case R_68K_TLS_TPREL32:
    818  1.3  christos       return TRUE;
    819  1.3  christos 
    820  1.3  christos     default:
    821  1.3  christos       return FALSE;
    822  1.3  christos     }
    823  1.3  christos }
    824  1.1     skrll 
    825  1.1     skrll /* Data structure representing a single GOT.  */
    826  1.1     skrll struct elf_m68k_got
    827  1.1     skrll {
    828  1.1     skrll   /* Hashtable of 'struct elf_m68k_got_entry's.
    829  1.1     skrll      Starting size of this table is the maximum number of
    830  1.1     skrll      R_68K_GOT8O entries.  */
    831  1.1     skrll   htab_t entries;
    832  1.3  christos 
    833  1.3  christos   /* Number of R_x slots in this GOT.  Some (e.g., TLS) entries require
    834  1.1     skrll      several GOT slots.
    835  1.3  christos 
    836  1.3  christos      n_slots[R_8] is the count of R_8 slots in this GOT.
    837  1.3  christos      n_slots[R_16] is the cumulative count of R_8 and R_16 slots
    838  1.3  christos      in this GOT.
    839  1.3  christos      n_slots[R_32] is the cumulative count of R_8, R_16 and R_32 slots
    840  1.3  christos      in this GOT.  This is the total number of slots.  */
    841  1.3  christos   bfd_vma n_slots[R_LAST];
    842  1.3  christos 
    843  1.1     skrll   /* Number of local (entry->key_.h == NULL) slots in this GOT.
    844  1.1     skrll      This is only used to properly calculate size of .rela.got section;
    845  1.3  christos      see elf_m68k_partition_multi_got.  */
    846  1.1     skrll   bfd_vma local_n_slots;
    847  1.1     skrll 
    848  1.1     skrll   /* Offset of this GOT relative to beginning of .got section.  */
    849  1.1     skrll   bfd_vma offset;
    850  1.1     skrll };
    851  1.1     skrll 
    852  1.1     skrll /* BFD and its GOT.  This is an entry in multi_got->bfd2got hashtable.  */
    853  1.1     skrll struct elf_m68k_bfd2got_entry
    854  1.1     skrll {
    855  1.1     skrll   /* BFD.  */
    856  1.1     skrll   const bfd *bfd;
    857  1.1     skrll 
    858  1.1     skrll   /* Assigned GOT.  Before partitioning multi-GOT each BFD has its own
    859  1.1     skrll      GOT structure.  After partitioning several BFD's might [and often do]
    860  1.1     skrll      share a single GOT.  */
    861  1.1     skrll   struct elf_m68k_got *got;
    862  1.1     skrll };
    863  1.1     skrll 
    864  1.1     skrll /* The main data structure holding all the pieces.  */
    865  1.1     skrll struct elf_m68k_multi_got
    866  1.1     skrll {
    867  1.1     skrll   /* Hashtable mapping each BFD to its GOT.  If a BFD doesn't have an entry
    868  1.1     skrll      here, then it doesn't need a GOT (this includes the case of a BFD
    869  1.1     skrll      having an empty GOT).
    870  1.1     skrll 
    871  1.1     skrll      ??? This hashtable can be replaced by an array indexed by bfd->id.  */
    872  1.1     skrll   htab_t bfd2got;
    873  1.1     skrll 
    874  1.1     skrll   /* Next symndx to assign a global symbol.
    875  1.1     skrll      h->got_entry_key is initialized from this counter.  */
    876  1.1     skrll   unsigned long global_symndx;
    877  1.1     skrll };
    878  1.1     skrll 
    879  1.1     skrll /* m68k ELF linker hash table.  */
    880  1.1     skrll 
    881  1.1     skrll struct elf_m68k_link_hash_table
    882  1.1     skrll {
    883  1.1     skrll   struct elf_link_hash_table root;
    884  1.3  christos 
    885  1.3  christos   /* Small local sym cache.  */
    886  1.1     skrll   struct sym_cache sym_cache;
    887  1.1     skrll 
    888  1.1     skrll   /* The PLT format used by this link, or NULL if the format has not
    889  1.1     skrll      yet been chosen.  */
    890  1.1     skrll   const struct elf_m68k_plt_info *plt_info;
    891  1.1     skrll 
    892  1.1     skrll   /* True, if GP is loaded within each function which uses it.
    893  1.1     skrll      Set to TRUE when GOT negative offsets or multi-GOT is enabled.  */
    894  1.1     skrll   bfd_boolean local_gp_p;
    895  1.1     skrll 
    896  1.1     skrll   /* Switch controlling use of negative offsets to double the size of GOTs.  */
    897  1.1     skrll   bfd_boolean use_neg_got_offsets_p;
    898  1.1     skrll 
    899  1.1     skrll   /* Switch controlling generation of multiple GOTs.  */
    900  1.1     skrll   bfd_boolean allow_multigot_p;
    901  1.1     skrll 
    902  1.1     skrll   /* Multi-GOT data structure.  */
    903  1.1     skrll   struct elf_m68k_multi_got multi_got_;
    904  1.1     skrll };
    905  1.1     skrll 
    906  1.1     skrll /* Get the m68k ELF linker hash table from a link_info structure.  */
    907  1.1     skrll 
    908  1.3  christos #define elf_m68k_hash_table(p) \
    909  1.3  christos   (elf_hash_table_id ((struct elf_link_hash_table *) ((p)->hash)) \
    910  1.1     skrll   == M68K_ELF_DATA ? ((struct elf_m68k_link_hash_table *) ((p)->hash)) : NULL)
    911  1.1     skrll 
    912  1.1     skrll /* Shortcut to multi-GOT data.  */
    913  1.1     skrll #define elf_m68k_multi_got(INFO) (&elf_m68k_hash_table (INFO)->multi_got_)
    914  1.1     skrll 
    915  1.1     skrll /* Create an entry in an m68k ELF linker hash table.  */
    916  1.1     skrll 
    917  1.3  christos static struct bfd_hash_entry *
    918  1.3  christos elf_m68k_link_hash_newfunc (struct bfd_hash_entry *entry,
    919  1.3  christos 			    struct bfd_hash_table *table,
    920  1.1     skrll 			    const char *string)
    921  1.1     skrll {
    922  1.1     skrll   struct bfd_hash_entry *ret = entry;
    923  1.1     skrll 
    924  1.1     skrll   /* Allocate the structure if it has not already been allocated by a
    925  1.1     skrll      subclass.  */
    926  1.1     skrll   if (ret == NULL)
    927  1.1     skrll     ret = bfd_hash_allocate (table,
    928  1.1     skrll 			     sizeof (struct elf_m68k_link_hash_entry));
    929  1.1     skrll   if (ret == NULL)
    930  1.1     skrll     return ret;
    931  1.1     skrll 
    932  1.1     skrll   /* Call the allocation method of the superclass.  */
    933  1.1     skrll   ret = _bfd_elf_link_hash_newfunc (ret, table, string);
    934  1.1     skrll   if (ret != NULL)
    935  1.1     skrll     {
    936  1.1     skrll       elf_m68k_hash_entry (ret)->pcrel_relocs_copied = NULL;
    937  1.1     skrll       elf_m68k_hash_entry (ret)->got_entry_key = 0;
    938  1.1     skrll       elf_m68k_hash_entry (ret)->glist = NULL;
    939  1.1     skrll     }
    940  1.1     skrll 
    941  1.1     skrll   return ret;
    942  1.1     skrll }
    943  1.6  christos 
    944  1.6  christos /* Destroy an m68k ELF linker hash table.  */
    945  1.6  christos 
    946  1.6  christos static void
    947  1.6  christos elf_m68k_link_hash_table_free (bfd *obfd)
    948  1.6  christos {
    949  1.6  christos   struct elf_m68k_link_hash_table *htab;
    950  1.6  christos 
    951  1.6  christos   htab = (struct elf_m68k_link_hash_table *) obfd->link.hash;
    952  1.6  christos 
    953  1.6  christos   if (htab->multi_got_.bfd2got != NULL)
    954  1.6  christos     {
    955  1.6  christos       htab_delete (htab->multi_got_.bfd2got);
    956  1.6  christos       htab->multi_got_.bfd2got = NULL;
    957  1.6  christos     }
    958  1.6  christos   _bfd_elf_link_hash_table_free (obfd);
    959  1.6  christos }
    960  1.1     skrll 
    961  1.1     skrll /* Create an m68k ELF linker hash table.  */
    962  1.1     skrll 
    963  1.3  christos static struct bfd_link_hash_table *
    964  1.1     skrll elf_m68k_link_hash_table_create (bfd *abfd)
    965  1.1     skrll {
    966  1.1     skrll   struct elf_m68k_link_hash_table *ret;
    967  1.1     skrll   bfd_size_type amt = sizeof (struct elf_m68k_link_hash_table);
    968  1.6  christos 
    969  1.1     skrll   ret = (struct elf_m68k_link_hash_table *) bfd_zmalloc (amt);
    970  1.1     skrll   if (ret == (struct elf_m68k_link_hash_table *) NULL)
    971  1.1     skrll     return NULL;
    972  1.1     skrll 
    973  1.1     skrll   if (!_bfd_elf_link_hash_table_init (&ret->root, abfd,
    974  1.3  christos 				      elf_m68k_link_hash_newfunc,
    975  1.3  christos 				      sizeof (struct elf_m68k_link_hash_entry),
    976  1.1     skrll 				      M68K_ELF_DATA))
    977  1.1     skrll     {
    978  1.1     skrll       free (ret);
    979  1.1     skrll       return NULL;
    980  1.6  christos     }
    981  1.1     skrll   ret->root.root.hash_table_free = elf_m68k_link_hash_table_free;
    982  1.1     skrll 
    983  1.1     skrll   ret->multi_got_.global_symndx = 1;
    984  1.1     skrll 
    985  1.1     skrll   return &ret->root.root;
    986  1.1     skrll }
    987  1.1     skrll 
    988  1.1     skrll /* Set the right machine number.  */
    989  1.1     skrll 
    990  1.1     skrll static bfd_boolean
    991  1.1     skrll elf32_m68k_object_p (bfd *abfd)
    992  1.1     skrll {
    993  1.1     skrll   unsigned int mach = 0;
    994  1.1     skrll   unsigned features = 0;
    995  1.1     skrll   flagword eflags = elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags;
    996  1.1     skrll 
    997  1.1     skrll   if ((eflags & EF_M68K_ARCH_MASK) == EF_M68K_M68000)
    998  1.1     skrll     features |= m68000;
    999  1.1     skrll   else if ((eflags & EF_M68K_ARCH_MASK) == EF_M68K_CPU32)
   1000  1.1     skrll     features |= cpu32;
   1001  1.1     skrll   else if ((eflags & EF_M68K_ARCH_MASK) == EF_M68K_FIDO)
   1002  1.1     skrll     features |= fido_a;
   1003  1.1     skrll   else
   1004  1.1     skrll     {
   1005  1.1     skrll       switch (eflags & EF_M68K_CF_ISA_MASK)
   1006  1.1     skrll 	{
   1007  1.1     skrll 	case EF_M68K_CF_ISA_A_NODIV:
   1008  1.1     skrll 	  features |= mcfisa_a;
   1009  1.1     skrll 	  break;
   1010  1.1     skrll 	case EF_M68K_CF_ISA_A:
   1011  1.1     skrll 	  features |= mcfisa_a|mcfhwdiv;
   1012  1.1     skrll 	  break;
   1013  1.1     skrll 	case EF_M68K_CF_ISA_A_PLUS:
   1014  1.1     skrll 	  features |= mcfisa_a|mcfisa_aa|mcfhwdiv|mcfusp;
   1015  1.1     skrll 	  break;
   1016  1.1     skrll 	case EF_M68K_CF_ISA_B_NOUSP:
   1017  1.1     skrll 	  features |= mcfisa_a|mcfisa_b|mcfhwdiv;
   1018  1.1     skrll 	  break;
   1019  1.1     skrll 	case EF_M68K_CF_ISA_B:
   1020  1.1     skrll 	  features |= mcfisa_a|mcfisa_b|mcfhwdiv|mcfusp;
   1021  1.1     skrll 	  break;
   1022  1.1     skrll 	case EF_M68K_CF_ISA_C:
   1023  1.1     skrll 	  features |= mcfisa_a|mcfisa_c|mcfhwdiv|mcfusp;
   1024  1.1     skrll 	  break;
   1025  1.1     skrll 	case EF_M68K_CF_ISA_C_NODIV:
   1026  1.1     skrll 	  features |= mcfisa_a|mcfisa_c|mcfusp;
   1027  1.1     skrll 	  break;
   1028  1.1     skrll 	}
   1029  1.1     skrll       switch (eflags & EF_M68K_CF_MAC_MASK)
   1030  1.1     skrll 	{
   1031  1.1     skrll 	case EF_M68K_CF_MAC:
   1032  1.1     skrll 	  features |= mcfmac;
   1033  1.1     skrll 	  break;
   1034  1.1     skrll 	case EF_M68K_CF_EMAC:
   1035  1.1     skrll 	  features |= mcfemac;
   1036  1.1     skrll 	  break;
   1037  1.1     skrll 	}
   1038  1.1     skrll       if (eflags & EF_M68K_CF_FLOAT)
   1039  1.1     skrll 	features |= cfloat;
   1040  1.1     skrll     }
   1041  1.1     skrll 
   1042  1.1     skrll   mach = bfd_m68k_features_to_mach (features);
   1043  1.1     skrll   bfd_default_set_arch_mach (abfd, bfd_arch_m68k, mach);
   1044  1.1     skrll 
   1045  1.1     skrll   return TRUE;
   1046  1.1     skrll }
   1047  1.3  christos 
   1048  1.3  christos /* Somewhat reverse of elf32_m68k_object_p, this sets the e_flag
   1049  1.3  christos    field based on the machine number.  */
   1050  1.3  christos 
   1051  1.3  christos static void
   1052  1.3  christos elf_m68k_final_write_processing (bfd *abfd,
   1053  1.3  christos 				 bfd_boolean linker ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
   1054  1.3  christos {
   1055  1.3  christos   int mach = bfd_get_mach (abfd);
   1056  1.3  christos   unsigned long e_flags = elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags;
   1057  1.3  christos 
   1058  1.3  christos   if (!e_flags)
   1059  1.3  christos     {
   1060  1.3  christos       unsigned int arch_mask;
   1061  1.3  christos 
   1062  1.3  christos       arch_mask = bfd_m68k_mach_to_features (mach);
   1063  1.3  christos 
   1064  1.3  christos       if (arch_mask & m68000)
   1065  1.3  christos 	e_flags = EF_M68K_M68000;
   1066  1.3  christos       else if (arch_mask & cpu32)
   1067  1.3  christos 	e_flags = EF_M68K_CPU32;
   1068  1.3  christos       else if (arch_mask & fido_a)
   1069  1.3  christos 	e_flags = EF_M68K_FIDO;
   1070  1.3  christos       else
   1071  1.3  christos 	{
   1072  1.3  christos 	  switch (arch_mask
   1073  1.3  christos 		  & (mcfisa_a | mcfisa_aa | mcfisa_b | mcfisa_c | mcfhwdiv | mcfusp))
   1074  1.3  christos 	    {
   1075  1.3  christos 	    case mcfisa_a:
   1076  1.3  christos 	      e_flags |= EF_M68K_CF_ISA_A_NODIV;
   1077  1.3  christos 	      break;
   1078  1.3  christos 	    case mcfisa_a | mcfhwdiv:
   1079  1.3  christos 	      e_flags |= EF_M68K_CF_ISA_A;
   1080  1.3  christos 	      break;
   1081  1.3  christos 	    case mcfisa_a | mcfisa_aa | mcfhwdiv | mcfusp:
   1082  1.3  christos 	      e_flags |= EF_M68K_CF_ISA_A_PLUS;
   1083  1.3  christos 	      break;
   1084  1.3  christos 	    case mcfisa_a | mcfisa_b | mcfhwdiv:
   1085  1.3  christos 	      e_flags |= EF_M68K_CF_ISA_B_NOUSP;
   1086  1.3  christos 	      break;
   1087  1.3  christos 	    case mcfisa_a | mcfisa_b | mcfhwdiv | mcfusp:
   1088  1.3  christos 	      e_flags |= EF_M68K_CF_ISA_B;
   1089  1.3  christos 	      break;
   1090  1.3  christos 	    case mcfisa_a | mcfisa_c | mcfhwdiv | mcfusp:
   1091  1.3  christos 	      e_flags |= EF_M68K_CF_ISA_C;
   1092  1.3  christos 	      break;
   1093  1.3  christos 	    case mcfisa_a | mcfisa_c | mcfusp:
   1094  1.3  christos 	      e_flags |= EF_M68K_CF_ISA_C_NODIV;
   1095  1.3  christos 	      break;
   1096  1.3  christos 	    }
   1097  1.3  christos 	  if (arch_mask & mcfmac)
   1098  1.3  christos 	    e_flags |= EF_M68K_CF_MAC;
   1099  1.3  christos 	  else if (arch_mask & mcfemac)
   1100  1.3  christos 	    e_flags |= EF_M68K_CF_EMAC;
   1101  1.3  christos 	  if (arch_mask & cfloat)
   1102  1.3  christos 	    e_flags |= EF_M68K_CF_FLOAT | EF_M68K_CFV4E;
   1103  1.3  christos 	}
   1104  1.3  christos       elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags = e_flags;
   1105  1.3  christos     }
   1106  1.3  christos }
   1107  1.1     skrll 
   1108  1.3  christos /* Keep m68k-specific flags in the ELF header.  */
   1109  1.1     skrll 
   1110  1.4  christos static bfd_boolean
   1111  1.1     skrll elf32_m68k_set_private_flags (bfd *abfd, flagword flags)
   1112  1.1     skrll {
   1113  1.1     skrll   elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags = flags;
   1114  1.1     skrll   elf_flags_init (abfd) = TRUE;
   1115  1.1     skrll   return TRUE;
   1116  1.1     skrll }
   1117  1.1     skrll 
   1118  1.1     skrll /* Merge backend specific data from an object file to the output
   1119  1.1     skrll    object file when linking.  */
   1120  1.4  christos static bfd_boolean
   1121  1.1     skrll elf32_m68k_merge_private_bfd_data (bfd *ibfd, bfd *obfd)
   1122  1.1     skrll {
   1123  1.1     skrll   flagword out_flags;
   1124  1.1     skrll   flagword in_flags;
   1125  1.1     skrll   flagword out_isa;
   1126  1.1     skrll   flagword in_isa;
   1127  1.1     skrll   const bfd_arch_info_type *arch_info;
   1128  1.1     skrll 
   1129  1.1     skrll   if (   bfd_get_flavour (ibfd) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
   1130  1.1     skrll       || bfd_get_flavour (obfd) != bfd_target_elf_flavour)
   1131  1.1     skrll     return FALSE;
   1132  1.1     skrll 
   1133  1.1     skrll   /* Get the merged machine.  This checks for incompatibility between
   1134  1.1     skrll      Coldfire & non-Coldfire flags, incompability between different
   1135  1.1     skrll      Coldfire ISAs, and incompability between different MAC types.  */
   1136  1.1     skrll   arch_info = bfd_arch_get_compatible (ibfd, obfd, FALSE);
   1137  1.1     skrll   if (!arch_info)
   1138  1.1     skrll     return FALSE;
   1139  1.1     skrll 
   1140  1.1     skrll   bfd_set_arch_mach (obfd, bfd_arch_m68k, arch_info->mach);
   1141  1.1     skrll 
   1142  1.1     skrll   in_flags = elf_elfheader (ibfd)->e_flags;
   1143  1.1     skrll   if (!elf_flags_init (obfd))
   1144  1.1     skrll     {
   1145  1.1     skrll       elf_flags_init (obfd) = TRUE;
   1146  1.1     skrll       out_flags = in_flags;
   1147  1.1     skrll     }
   1148  1.1     skrll   else
   1149  1.1     skrll     {
   1150  1.1     skrll       out_flags = elf_elfheader (obfd)->e_flags;
   1151  1.1     skrll       unsigned int variant_mask;
   1152  1.1     skrll 
   1153  1.1     skrll       if ((in_flags & EF_M68K_ARCH_MASK) == EF_M68K_M68000)
   1154  1.1     skrll 	variant_mask = 0;
   1155  1.1     skrll       else if ((in_flags & EF_M68K_ARCH_MASK) == EF_M68K_CPU32)
   1156  1.1     skrll 	variant_mask = 0;
   1157  1.1     skrll       else if ((in_flags & EF_M68K_ARCH_MASK) == EF_M68K_FIDO)
   1158  1.1     skrll 	variant_mask = 0;
   1159  1.1     skrll       else
   1160  1.1     skrll 	variant_mask = EF_M68K_CF_ISA_MASK;
   1161  1.1     skrll 
   1162  1.1     skrll       in_isa = (in_flags & variant_mask);
   1163  1.1     skrll       out_isa = (out_flags & variant_mask);
   1164  1.1     skrll       if (in_isa > out_isa)
   1165  1.1     skrll 	out_flags ^= in_isa ^ out_isa;
   1166  1.1     skrll       if (((in_flags & EF_M68K_ARCH_MASK) == EF_M68K_CPU32
   1167  1.1     skrll 	   && (out_flags & EF_M68K_ARCH_MASK) == EF_M68K_FIDO)
   1168  1.1     skrll 	  || ((in_flags & EF_M68K_ARCH_MASK) == EF_M68K_FIDO
   1169  1.1     skrll 	      && (out_flags & EF_M68K_ARCH_MASK) == EF_M68K_CPU32))
   1170  1.1     skrll 	out_flags = EF_M68K_FIDO;
   1171  1.1     skrll       else
   1172  1.1     skrll       out_flags |= in_flags ^ in_isa;
   1173  1.1     skrll     }
   1174  1.1     skrll   elf_elfheader (obfd)->e_flags = out_flags;
   1175  1.1     skrll 
   1176  1.1     skrll   return TRUE;
   1177  1.1     skrll }
   1178  1.1     skrll 
   1179  1.1     skrll /* Display the flags field.  */
   1180  1.1     skrll 
   1181  1.1     skrll static bfd_boolean
   1182  1.1     skrll elf32_m68k_print_private_bfd_data (bfd *abfd, void * ptr)
   1183  1.1     skrll {
   1184  1.1     skrll   FILE *file = (FILE *) ptr;
   1185  1.1     skrll   flagword eflags = elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags;
   1186  1.1     skrll 
   1187  1.1     skrll   BFD_ASSERT (abfd != NULL && ptr != NULL);
   1188  1.1     skrll 
   1189  1.1     skrll   /* Print normal ELF private data.  */
   1190  1.1     skrll   _bfd_elf_print_private_bfd_data (abfd, ptr);
   1191  1.1     skrll 
   1192  1.1     skrll   /* Ignore init flag - it may not be set, despite the flags field containing valid data.  */
   1193  1.1     skrll 
   1194  1.1     skrll   /* xgettext:c-format */
   1195  1.1     skrll   fprintf (file, _("private flags = %lx:"), elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags);
   1196  1.1     skrll 
   1197  1.1     skrll   if ((eflags & EF_M68K_ARCH_MASK) == EF_M68K_M68000)
   1198  1.1     skrll     fprintf (file, " [m68000]");
   1199  1.1     skrll   else if ((eflags & EF_M68K_ARCH_MASK) == EF_M68K_CPU32)
   1200  1.1     skrll     fprintf (file, " [cpu32]");
   1201  1.1     skrll   else if ((eflags & EF_M68K_ARCH_MASK) == EF_M68K_FIDO)
   1202  1.1     skrll     fprintf (file, " [fido]");
   1203  1.1     skrll   else
   1204  1.1     skrll     {
   1205  1.1     skrll       if ((eflags & EF_M68K_ARCH_MASK) == EF_M68K_CFV4E)
   1206  1.1     skrll 	fprintf (file, " [cfv4e]");
   1207  1.1     skrll 
   1208  1.1     skrll       if (eflags & EF_M68K_CF_ISA_MASK)
   1209  1.1     skrll 	{
   1210  1.1     skrll 	  char const *isa = _("unknown");
   1211  1.1     skrll 	  char const *mac = _("unknown");
   1212  1.1     skrll 	  char const *additional = "";
   1213  1.1     skrll 
   1214  1.1     skrll 	  switch (eflags & EF_M68K_CF_ISA_MASK)
   1215  1.1     skrll 	    {
   1216  1.1     skrll 	    case EF_M68K_CF_ISA_A_NODIV:
   1217  1.1     skrll 	      isa = "A";
   1218  1.1     skrll 	      additional = " [nodiv]";
   1219  1.1     skrll 	      break;
   1220  1.1     skrll 	    case EF_M68K_CF_ISA_A:
   1221  1.1     skrll 	      isa = "A";
   1222  1.1     skrll 	      break;
   1223  1.1     skrll 	    case EF_M68K_CF_ISA_A_PLUS:
   1224  1.1     skrll 	      isa = "A+";
   1225  1.1     skrll 	      break;
   1226  1.1     skrll 	    case EF_M68K_CF_ISA_B_NOUSP:
   1227  1.1     skrll 	      isa = "B";
   1228  1.1     skrll 	      additional = " [nousp]";
   1229  1.1     skrll 	      break;
   1230  1.1     skrll 	    case EF_M68K_CF_ISA_B:
   1231  1.1     skrll 	      isa = "B";
   1232  1.1     skrll 	      break;
   1233  1.1     skrll 	    case EF_M68K_CF_ISA_C:
   1234  1.1     skrll 	      isa = "C";
   1235  1.1     skrll 	      break;
   1236  1.1     skrll 	    case EF_M68K_CF_ISA_C_NODIV:
   1237  1.1     skrll 	      isa = "C";
   1238  1.1     skrll 	      additional = " [nodiv]";
   1239  1.1     skrll 	      break;
   1240  1.1     skrll 	    }
   1241  1.1     skrll 	  fprintf (file, " [isa %s]%s", isa, additional);
   1242  1.1     skrll 
   1243  1.1     skrll 	  if (eflags & EF_M68K_CF_FLOAT)
   1244  1.1     skrll 	    fprintf (file, " [float]");
   1245  1.1     skrll 
   1246  1.1     skrll 	  switch (eflags & EF_M68K_CF_MAC_MASK)
   1247  1.1     skrll 	    {
   1248  1.1     skrll 	    case 0:
   1249  1.1     skrll 	      mac = NULL;
   1250  1.1     skrll 	      break;
   1251  1.1     skrll 	    case EF_M68K_CF_MAC:
   1252  1.1     skrll 	      mac = "mac";
   1253  1.1     skrll 	      break;
   1254  1.1     skrll 	    case EF_M68K_CF_EMAC:
   1255  1.1     skrll 	      mac = "emac";
   1256  1.3  christos 	      break;
   1257  1.3  christos 	    case EF_M68K_CF_EMAC_B:
   1258  1.3  christos 	      mac = "emac_b";
   1259  1.1     skrll 	      break;
   1260  1.1     skrll 	    }
   1261  1.1     skrll 	  if (mac)
   1262  1.1     skrll 	    fprintf (file, " [%s]", mac);
   1263  1.1     skrll 	}
   1264  1.1     skrll     }
   1265  1.1     skrll 
   1266  1.1     skrll   fputc ('\n', file);
   1267  1.1     skrll 
   1268  1.1     skrll   return TRUE;
   1269  1.1     skrll }
   1270  1.1     skrll 
   1271  1.1     skrll /* Multi-GOT support implementation design:
   1272  1.1     skrll 
   1273  1.1     skrll    Multi-GOT starts in check_relocs hook.  There we scan all
   1274  1.1     skrll    relocations of a BFD and build a local GOT (struct elf_m68k_got)
   1275  1.1     skrll    for it.  If a single BFD appears to require too many GOT slots with
   1276  1.1     skrll    R_68K_GOT8O or R_68K_GOT16O relocations, we fail with notification
   1277  1.1     skrll    to user.
   1278  1.1     skrll    After check_relocs has been invoked for each input BFD, we have
   1279  1.1     skrll    constructed a GOT for each input BFD.
   1280  1.1     skrll 
   1281  1.1     skrll    To minimize total number of GOTs required for a particular output BFD
   1282  1.1     skrll    (as some environments support only 1 GOT per output object) we try
   1283  1.1     skrll    to merge some of the GOTs to share an offset space.  Ideally [and in most
   1284  1.1     skrll    cases] we end up with a single GOT.  In cases when there are too many
   1285  1.1     skrll    restricted relocations (e.g., R_68K_GOT16O relocations) we end up with
   1286  1.1     skrll    several GOTs, assuming the environment can handle them.
   1287  1.1     skrll 
   1288  1.1     skrll    Partitioning is done in elf_m68k_partition_multi_got.  We start with
   1289  1.1     skrll    an empty GOT and traverse bfd2got hashtable putting got_entries from
   1290  1.1     skrll    local GOTs to the new 'big' one.  We do that by constructing an
   1291  1.1     skrll    intermediate GOT holding all the entries the local GOT has and the big
   1292  1.1     skrll    GOT lacks.  Then we check if there is room in the big GOT to accomodate
   1293  1.1     skrll    all the entries from diff.  On success we add those entries to the big
   1294  1.1     skrll    GOT; on failure we start the new 'big' GOT and retry the adding of
   1295  1.1     skrll    entries from the local GOT.  Note that this retry will always succeed as
   1296  1.1     skrll    each local GOT doesn't overflow the limits.  After partitioning we
   1297  1.1     skrll    end up with each bfd assigned one of the big GOTs.  GOT entries in the
   1298  1.1     skrll    big GOTs are initialized with GOT offsets.  Note that big GOTs are
   1299  1.1     skrll    positioned consequently in program space and represent a single huge GOT
   1300  1.1     skrll    to the outside world.
   1301  1.1     skrll 
   1302  1.1     skrll    After that we get to elf_m68k_relocate_section.  There we
   1303  1.1     skrll    adjust relocations of GOT pointer (_GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_) and symbol
   1304  1.1     skrll    relocations to refer to appropriate [assigned to current input_bfd]
   1305  1.1     skrll    big GOT.
   1306  1.1     skrll 
   1307  1.1     skrll    Notes:
   1308  1.3  christos 
   1309  1.3  christos    GOT entry type: We have several types of GOT entries.
   1310  1.3  christos    * R_8 type is used in entries for symbols that have at least one
   1311  1.1     skrll    R_68K_GOT8O or R_68K_TLS_*8 relocation.  We can have at most 0x40
   1312  1.3  christos    such entries in one GOT.
   1313  1.3  christos    * R_16 type is used in entries for symbols that have at least one
   1314  1.1     skrll    R_68K_GOT16O or R_68K_TLS_*16 relocation and no R_8 relocations.
   1315  1.3  christos    We can have at most 0x4000 such entries in one GOT.
   1316  1.3  christos    * R_32 type is used in all other cases.  We can have as many
   1317  1.1     skrll    such entries in one GOT as we'd like.
   1318  1.1     skrll    When counting relocations we have to include the count of the smaller
   1319  1.1     skrll    ranged relocations in the counts of the larger ranged ones in order
   1320  1.1     skrll    to correctly detect overflow.
   1321  1.1     skrll 
   1322  1.3  christos    Sorting the GOT: In each GOT starting offsets are assigned to
   1323  1.3  christos    R_8 entries, which are followed by R_16 entries, and
   1324  1.1     skrll    R_32 entries go at the end.  See finalize_got_offsets for details.
   1325  1.1     skrll 
   1326  1.1     skrll    Negative GOT offsets: To double usable offset range of GOTs we use
   1327  1.1     skrll    negative offsets.  As we assign entries with GOT offsets relative to
   1328  1.1     skrll    start of .got section, the offset values are positive.  They become
   1329  1.1     skrll    negative only in relocate_section where got->offset value is
   1330  1.1     skrll    subtracted from them.
   1331  1.1     skrll 
   1332  1.1     skrll    3 special GOT entries: There are 3 special GOT entries used internally
   1333  1.1     skrll    by loader.  These entries happen to be placed to .got.plt section,
   1334  1.1     skrll    so we don't do anything about them in multi-GOT support.
   1335  1.1     skrll 
   1336  1.1     skrll    Memory management: All data except for hashtables
   1337  1.1     skrll    multi_got->bfd2got and got->entries are allocated on
   1338  1.1     skrll    elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj bfd (for this reason we pass 'info'
   1339  1.1     skrll    to most functions), so we don't need to care to free them.  At the
   1340  1.1     skrll    moment of allocation hashtables are being linked into main data
   1341  1.1     skrll    structure (multi_got), all pieces of which are reachable from
   1342  1.1     skrll    elf_m68k_multi_got (info).  We deallocate them in
   1343  1.1     skrll    elf_m68k_link_hash_table_free.  */
   1344  1.1     skrll 
   1345  1.1     skrll /* Initialize GOT.  */
   1346  1.1     skrll 
   1347  1.3  christos static void
   1348  1.3  christos elf_m68k_init_got (struct elf_m68k_got *got)
   1349  1.3  christos {
   1350  1.3  christos   got->entries = NULL;
   1351  1.3  christos   got->n_slots[R_8] = 0;
   1352  1.3  christos   got->n_slots[R_16] = 0;
   1353  1.3  christos   got->n_slots[R_32] = 0;
   1354  1.3  christos   got->local_n_slots = 0;
   1355  1.1     skrll   got->offset = (bfd_vma) -1;
   1356  1.1     skrll }
   1357  1.1     skrll 
   1358  1.1     skrll /* Destruct GOT.  */
   1359  1.1     skrll 
   1360  1.1     skrll static void
   1361  1.1     skrll elf_m68k_clear_got (struct elf_m68k_got *got)
   1362  1.1     skrll {
   1363  1.1     skrll   if (got->entries != NULL)
   1364  1.1     skrll     {
   1365  1.1     skrll       htab_delete (got->entries);
   1366  1.1     skrll       got->entries = NULL;
   1367  1.1     skrll     }
   1368  1.1     skrll }
   1369  1.1     skrll 
   1370  1.1     skrll /* Create and empty GOT structure.  INFO is the context where memory
   1371  1.1     skrll    should be allocated.  */
   1372  1.1     skrll 
   1373  1.1     skrll static struct elf_m68k_got *
   1374  1.1     skrll elf_m68k_create_empty_got (struct bfd_link_info *info)
   1375  1.1     skrll {
   1376  1.1     skrll   struct elf_m68k_got *got;
   1377  1.1     skrll 
   1378  1.1     skrll   got = bfd_alloc (elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj, sizeof (*got));
   1379  1.1     skrll   if (got == NULL)
   1380  1.1     skrll     return NULL;
   1381  1.3  christos 
   1382  1.1     skrll   elf_m68k_init_got (got);
   1383  1.1     skrll 
   1384  1.1     skrll   return got;
   1385  1.1     skrll }
   1386  1.1     skrll 
   1387  1.1     skrll /* Initialize KEY.  */
   1388  1.1     skrll 
   1389  1.1     skrll static void
   1390  1.1     skrll elf_m68k_init_got_entry_key (struct elf_m68k_got_entry_key *key,
   1391  1.3  christos 			     struct elf_link_hash_entry *h,
   1392  1.3  christos 			     const bfd *abfd, unsigned long symndx,
   1393  1.1     skrll 			     enum elf_m68k_reloc_type reloc_type)
   1394  1.3  christos {
   1395  1.3  christos   if (elf_m68k_reloc_got_type (reloc_type) == R_68K_TLS_LDM32)
   1396  1.3  christos     /* All TLS_LDM relocations share a single GOT entry.  */
   1397  1.3  christos     {
   1398  1.3  christos       key->bfd = NULL;
   1399  1.3  christos       key->symndx = 0;
   1400  1.3  christos     }
   1401  1.3  christos   else if (h != NULL)
   1402  1.1     skrll     /* Global symbols are identified with their got_entry_key.  */
   1403  1.1     skrll     {
   1404  1.1     skrll       key->bfd = NULL;
   1405  1.1     skrll       key->symndx = elf_m68k_hash_entry (h)->got_entry_key;
   1406  1.1     skrll       BFD_ASSERT (key->symndx != 0);
   1407  1.1     skrll     }
   1408  1.3  christos   else
   1409  1.1     skrll     /* Local symbols are identified by BFD they appear in and symndx.  */
   1410  1.1     skrll     {
   1411  1.1     skrll       key->bfd = abfd;
   1412  1.1     skrll       key->symndx = symndx;
   1413  1.3  christos     }
   1414  1.3  christos 
   1415  1.1     skrll   key->type = reloc_type;
   1416  1.1     skrll }
   1417  1.1     skrll 
   1418  1.1     skrll /* Calculate hash of got_entry.
   1419  1.1     skrll    ??? Is it good?  */
   1420  1.1     skrll 
   1421  1.1     skrll static hashval_t
   1422  1.1     skrll elf_m68k_got_entry_hash (const void *_entry)
   1423  1.1     skrll {
   1424  1.1     skrll   const struct elf_m68k_got_entry_key *key;
   1425  1.1     skrll 
   1426  1.1     skrll   key = &((const struct elf_m68k_got_entry *) _entry)->key_;
   1427  1.3  christos 
   1428  1.3  christos   return (key->symndx
   1429  1.3  christos 	  + (key->bfd != NULL ? (int) key->bfd->id : -1)
   1430  1.1     skrll 	  + elf_m68k_reloc_got_type (key->type));
   1431  1.1     skrll }
   1432  1.1     skrll 
   1433  1.1     skrll /* Check if two got entries are equal.  */
   1434  1.1     skrll 
   1435  1.1     skrll static int
   1436  1.1     skrll elf_m68k_got_entry_eq (const void *_entry1, const void *_entry2)
   1437  1.1     skrll {
   1438  1.1     skrll   const struct elf_m68k_got_entry_key *key1;
   1439  1.1     skrll   const struct elf_m68k_got_entry_key *key2;
   1440  1.1     skrll 
   1441  1.1     skrll   key1 = &((const struct elf_m68k_got_entry *) _entry1)->key_;
   1442  1.1     skrll   key2 = &((const struct elf_m68k_got_entry *) _entry2)->key_;
   1443  1.1     skrll 
   1444  1.3  christos   return (key1->bfd == key2->bfd
   1445  1.3  christos 	  && key1->symndx == key2->symndx
   1446  1.3  christos 	  && (elf_m68k_reloc_got_type (key1->type)
   1447  1.1     skrll 	      == elf_m68k_reloc_got_type (key2->type)));
   1448  1.1     skrll }
   1449  1.3  christos 
   1450  1.3  christos /* When using negative offsets, we allocate one extra R_8, one extra R_16
   1451  1.3  christos    and one extra R_32 slots to simplify handling of 2-slot entries during
   1452  1.3  christos    offset allocation -- hence -1 for R_8 slots and -2 for R_16 slots.  */
   1453  1.3  christos 
   1454  1.3  christos /* Maximal number of R_8 slots in a single GOT.  */
   1455  1.1     skrll #define ELF_M68K_R_8_MAX_N_SLOTS_IN_GOT(INFO)		\
   1456  1.3  christos   (elf_m68k_hash_table (INFO)->use_neg_got_offsets_p		\
   1457  1.1     skrll    ? (0x40 - 1)							\
   1458  1.1     skrll    : 0x20)
   1459  1.3  christos 
   1460  1.3  christos /* Maximal number of R_8 and R_16 slots in a single GOT.  */
   1461  1.1     skrll #define ELF_M68K_R_8_16_MAX_N_SLOTS_IN_GOT(INFO)		\
   1462  1.3  christos   (elf_m68k_hash_table (INFO)->use_neg_got_offsets_p		\
   1463  1.1     skrll    ? (0x4000 - 2)						\
   1464  1.1     skrll    : 0x2000)
   1465  1.1     skrll 
   1466  1.1     skrll /* SEARCH - simply search the hashtable, don't insert new entries or fail when
   1467  1.1     skrll    the entry cannot be found.
   1468  1.1     skrll    FIND_OR_CREATE - search for an existing entry, but create new if there's
   1469  1.1     skrll    no such.
   1470  1.1     skrll    MUST_FIND - search for an existing entry and assert that it exist.
   1471  1.1     skrll    MUST_CREATE - assert that there's no such entry and create new one.  */
   1472  1.1     skrll enum elf_m68k_get_entry_howto
   1473  1.1     skrll   {
   1474  1.1     skrll     SEARCH,
   1475  1.1     skrll     FIND_OR_CREATE,
   1476  1.1     skrll     MUST_FIND,
   1477  1.1     skrll     MUST_CREATE
   1478  1.1     skrll   };
   1479  1.1     skrll 
   1480  1.1     skrll /* Get or create (depending on HOWTO) entry with KEY in GOT.
   1481  1.1     skrll    INFO is context in which memory should be allocated (can be NULL if
   1482  1.1     skrll    HOWTO is SEARCH or MUST_FIND).  */
   1483  1.1     skrll 
   1484  1.1     skrll static struct elf_m68k_got_entry *
   1485  1.1     skrll elf_m68k_get_got_entry (struct elf_m68k_got *got,
   1486  1.1     skrll 			const struct elf_m68k_got_entry_key *key,
   1487  1.1     skrll 			enum elf_m68k_get_entry_howto howto,
   1488  1.1     skrll 			struct bfd_link_info *info)
   1489  1.1     skrll {
   1490  1.1     skrll   struct elf_m68k_got_entry entry_;
   1491  1.1     skrll   struct elf_m68k_got_entry *entry;
   1492  1.1     skrll   void **ptr;
   1493  1.1     skrll 
   1494  1.1     skrll   BFD_ASSERT ((info == NULL) == (howto == SEARCH || howto == MUST_FIND));
   1495  1.1     skrll 
   1496  1.1     skrll   if (got->entries == NULL)
   1497  1.1     skrll     /* This is the first entry in ABFD.  Initialize hashtable.  */
   1498  1.1     skrll     {
   1499  1.1     skrll       if (howto == SEARCH)
   1500  1.1     skrll 	return NULL;
   1501  1.3  christos 
   1502  1.1     skrll       got->entries = htab_try_create (ELF_M68K_R_8_MAX_N_SLOTS_IN_GOT
   1503  1.1     skrll 				      (info),
   1504  1.1     skrll 				      elf_m68k_got_entry_hash,
   1505  1.1     skrll 				      elf_m68k_got_entry_eq, NULL);
   1506  1.1     skrll       if (got->entries == NULL)
   1507  1.1     skrll 	{
   1508  1.1     skrll 	  bfd_set_error (bfd_error_no_memory);
   1509  1.1     skrll 	  return NULL;
   1510  1.1     skrll 	}
   1511  1.1     skrll     }
   1512  1.1     skrll 
   1513  1.1     skrll   entry_.key_ = *key;
   1514  1.1     skrll   ptr = htab_find_slot (got->entries, &entry_, (howto != SEARCH
   1515  1.1     skrll 						? INSERT : NO_INSERT));
   1516  1.1     skrll   if (ptr == NULL)
   1517  1.1     skrll     {
   1518  1.1     skrll       if (howto == SEARCH)
   1519  1.1     skrll 	/* Entry not found.  */
   1520  1.1     skrll 	return NULL;
   1521  1.1     skrll 
   1522  1.1     skrll       /* We're out of memory.  */
   1523  1.1     skrll       bfd_set_error (bfd_error_no_memory);
   1524  1.1     skrll       return NULL;
   1525  1.1     skrll     }
   1526  1.1     skrll 
   1527  1.1     skrll   if (*ptr == NULL)
   1528  1.1     skrll     /* We didn't find the entry and we're asked to create a new one.  */
   1529  1.1     skrll     {
   1530  1.1     skrll       BFD_ASSERT (howto != MUST_FIND && howto != SEARCH);
   1531  1.1     skrll 
   1532  1.1     skrll       entry = bfd_alloc (elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj, sizeof (*entry));
   1533  1.1     skrll       if (entry == NULL)
   1534  1.1     skrll 	return NULL;
   1535  1.1     skrll 
   1536  1.1     skrll       /* Initialize new entry.  */
   1537  1.1     skrll       entry->key_ = *key;
   1538  1.1     skrll 
   1539  1.3  christos       entry->u.s1.refcount = 0;
   1540  1.3  christos 
   1541  1.3  christos       /* Mark the entry as not initialized.  */
   1542  1.1     skrll       entry->key_.type = R_68K_max;
   1543  1.1     skrll 
   1544  1.1     skrll       *ptr = entry;
   1545  1.1     skrll     }
   1546  1.1     skrll   else
   1547  1.1     skrll     /* We found the entry.  */
   1548  1.1     skrll     {
   1549  1.1     skrll       BFD_ASSERT (howto != MUST_CREATE);
   1550  1.1     skrll 
   1551  1.1     skrll       entry = *ptr;
   1552  1.1     skrll     }
   1553  1.1     skrll 
   1554  1.1     skrll   return entry;
   1555  1.1     skrll }
   1556  1.1     skrll 
   1557  1.1     skrll /* Update GOT counters when merging entry of WAS type with entry of NEW type.
   1558  1.1     skrll    Return the value to which ENTRY's type should be set.  */
   1559  1.3  christos 
   1560  1.3  christos static enum elf_m68k_reloc_type
   1561  1.3  christos elf_m68k_update_got_entry_type (struct elf_m68k_got *got,
   1562  1.3  christos 				enum elf_m68k_reloc_type was,
   1563  1.3  christos 				enum elf_m68k_reloc_type new_reloc)
   1564  1.3  christos {
   1565  1.3  christos   enum elf_m68k_got_offset_size was_size;
   1566  1.3  christos   enum elf_m68k_got_offset_size new_size;
   1567  1.3  christos   bfd_vma n_slots;
   1568  1.3  christos 
   1569  1.3  christos   if (was == R_68K_max)
   1570  1.1     skrll     /* The type of the entry is not initialized yet.  */
   1571  1.3  christos     {
   1572  1.3  christos       /* Update all got->n_slots counters, including n_slots[R_32].  */
   1573  1.1     skrll       was_size = R_LAST;
   1574  1.3  christos 
   1575  1.1     skrll       was = new_reloc;
   1576  1.1     skrll     }
   1577  1.3  christos   else
   1578  1.3  christos     {
   1579  1.3  christos       /* !!! We, probably, should emit an error rather then fail on assert
   1580  1.3  christos 	 in such a case.  */
   1581  1.3  christos       BFD_ASSERT (elf_m68k_reloc_got_type (was)
   1582  1.3  christos 		  == elf_m68k_reloc_got_type (new_reloc));
   1583  1.3  christos 
   1584  1.3  christos       was_size = elf_m68k_reloc_got_offset_size (was);
   1585  1.1     skrll     }
   1586  1.3  christos 
   1587  1.3  christos   new_size = elf_m68k_reloc_got_offset_size (new_reloc);
   1588  1.3  christos   n_slots = elf_m68k_reloc_got_n_slots (new_reloc);
   1589  1.3  christos 
   1590  1.3  christos   while (was_size > new_size)
   1591  1.3  christos     {
   1592  1.3  christos       --was_size;
   1593  1.3  christos       got->n_slots[was_size] += n_slots;
   1594  1.3  christos     }
   1595  1.3  christos 
   1596  1.3  christos   if (new_reloc > was)
   1597  1.3  christos     /* Relocations are ordered from bigger got offset size to lesser,
   1598  1.3  christos        so choose the relocation type with lesser offset size.  */
   1599  1.3  christos     was = new_reloc;
   1600  1.3  christos 
   1601  1.1     skrll   return was;
   1602  1.1     skrll }
   1603  1.1     skrll 
   1604  1.1     skrll /* Update GOT counters when removing an entry of type TYPE.  */
   1605  1.1     skrll 
   1606  1.3  christos static void
   1607  1.3  christos elf_m68k_remove_got_entry_type (struct elf_m68k_got *got,
   1608  1.1     skrll 				enum elf_m68k_reloc_type type)
   1609  1.3  christos {
   1610  1.3  christos   enum elf_m68k_got_offset_size os;
   1611  1.1     skrll   bfd_vma n_slots;
   1612  1.3  christos 
   1613  1.1     skrll   n_slots = elf_m68k_reloc_got_n_slots (type);
   1614  1.3  christos 
   1615  1.3  christos   /* Decrese counter of slots with offset size corresponding to TYPE
   1616  1.3  christos      and all greater offset sizes.  */
   1617  1.3  christos   for (os = elf_m68k_reloc_got_offset_size (type); os <= R_32; ++os)
   1618  1.3  christos     {
   1619  1.1     skrll       BFD_ASSERT (got->n_slots[os] >= n_slots);
   1620  1.3  christos 
   1621  1.1     skrll       got->n_slots[os] -= n_slots;
   1622  1.1     skrll     }
   1623  1.1     skrll }
   1624  1.1     skrll 
   1625  1.1     skrll /* Add new or update existing entry to GOT.
   1626  1.1     skrll    H, ABFD, TYPE and SYMNDX is data for the entry.
   1627  1.1     skrll    INFO is a context where memory should be allocated.  */
   1628  1.1     skrll 
   1629  1.1     skrll static struct elf_m68k_got_entry *
   1630  1.1     skrll elf_m68k_add_entry_to_got (struct elf_m68k_got *got,
   1631  1.1     skrll 			   struct elf_link_hash_entry *h,
   1632  1.3  christos 			   const bfd *abfd,
   1633  1.3  christos 			   enum elf_m68k_reloc_type reloc_type,
   1634  1.1     skrll 			   unsigned long symndx,
   1635  1.1     skrll 			   struct bfd_link_info *info)
   1636  1.1     skrll {
   1637  1.1     skrll   struct elf_m68k_got_entry_key key_;
   1638  1.1     skrll   struct elf_m68k_got_entry *entry;
   1639  1.1     skrll 
   1640  1.1     skrll   if (h != NULL && elf_m68k_hash_entry (h)->got_entry_key == 0)
   1641  1.1     skrll     elf_m68k_hash_entry (h)->got_entry_key
   1642  1.1     skrll       = elf_m68k_multi_got (info)->global_symndx++;
   1643  1.3  christos 
   1644  1.1     skrll   elf_m68k_init_got_entry_key (&key_, h, abfd, symndx, reloc_type);
   1645  1.1     skrll 
   1646  1.1     skrll   entry = elf_m68k_get_got_entry (got, &key_, FIND_OR_CREATE, info);
   1647  1.1     skrll   if (entry == NULL)
   1648  1.1     skrll     return NULL;
   1649  1.3  christos 
   1650  1.3  christos   /* Determine entry's type and update got->n_slots counters.  */
   1651  1.3  christos   entry->key_.type = elf_m68k_update_got_entry_type (got,
   1652  1.3  christos 						     entry->key_.type,
   1653  1.3  christos 						     reloc_type);
   1654  1.1     skrll 
   1655  1.1     skrll   /* Update refcount.  */
   1656  1.1     skrll   ++entry->u.s1.refcount;
   1657  1.1     skrll 
   1658  1.1     skrll   if (entry->u.s1.refcount == 1)
   1659  1.1     skrll     /* We see this entry for the first time.  */
   1660  1.1     skrll     {
   1661  1.3  christos       if (entry->key_.bfd != NULL)
   1662  1.1     skrll 	got->local_n_slots += elf_m68k_reloc_got_n_slots (entry->key_.type);
   1663  1.1     skrll     }
   1664  1.3  christos 
   1665  1.1     skrll   BFD_ASSERT (got->n_slots[R_32] >= got->local_n_slots);
   1666  1.3  christos 
   1667  1.3  christos   if ((got->n_slots[R_8]
   1668  1.3  christos        > ELF_M68K_R_8_MAX_N_SLOTS_IN_GOT (info))
   1669  1.3  christos       || (got->n_slots[R_16]
   1670  1.1     skrll 	  > ELF_M68K_R_8_16_MAX_N_SLOTS_IN_GOT (info)))
   1671  1.1     skrll     /* This BFD has too many relocation.  */
   1672  1.3  christos     {
   1673  1.1     skrll       if (got->n_slots[R_8] > ELF_M68K_R_8_MAX_N_SLOTS_IN_GOT (info))
   1674  1.3  christos 	(*_bfd_error_handler) (_("%B: GOT overflow: "
   1675  1.3  christos 				 "Number of relocations with 8-bit "
   1676  1.1     skrll 				 "offset > %d"),
   1677  1.3  christos 			       abfd,
   1678  1.1     skrll 			       ELF_M68K_R_8_MAX_N_SLOTS_IN_GOT (info));
   1679  1.1     skrll       else
   1680  1.3  christos 	(*_bfd_error_handler) (_("%B: GOT overflow: "
   1681  1.3  christos 				 "Number of relocations with 8- or 16-bit "
   1682  1.1     skrll 				 "offset > %d"),
   1683  1.3  christos 			       abfd,
   1684  1.1     skrll 			       ELF_M68K_R_8_16_MAX_N_SLOTS_IN_GOT (info));
   1685  1.1     skrll 
   1686  1.1     skrll       return NULL;
   1687  1.1     skrll     }
   1688  1.1     skrll 
   1689  1.1     skrll   return entry;
   1690  1.1     skrll }
   1691  1.1     skrll 
   1692  1.1     skrll /* Compute the hash value of the bfd in a bfd2got hash entry.  */
   1693  1.1     skrll 
   1694  1.1     skrll static hashval_t
   1695  1.1     skrll elf_m68k_bfd2got_entry_hash (const void *entry)
   1696  1.1     skrll {
   1697  1.1     skrll   const struct elf_m68k_bfd2got_entry *e;
   1698  1.1     skrll 
   1699  1.1     skrll   e = (const struct elf_m68k_bfd2got_entry *) entry;
   1700  1.1     skrll 
   1701  1.1     skrll   return e->bfd->id;
   1702  1.1     skrll }
   1703  1.1     skrll 
   1704  1.1     skrll /* Check whether two hash entries have the same bfd.  */
   1705  1.1     skrll 
   1706  1.1     skrll static int
   1707  1.1     skrll elf_m68k_bfd2got_entry_eq (const void *entry1, const void *entry2)
   1708  1.1     skrll {
   1709  1.1     skrll   const struct elf_m68k_bfd2got_entry *e1;
   1710  1.1     skrll   const struct elf_m68k_bfd2got_entry *e2;
   1711  1.1     skrll 
   1712  1.1     skrll   e1 = (const struct elf_m68k_bfd2got_entry *) entry1;
   1713  1.1     skrll   e2 = (const struct elf_m68k_bfd2got_entry *) entry2;
   1714  1.1     skrll 
   1715  1.1     skrll   return e1->bfd == e2->bfd;
   1716  1.1     skrll }
   1717  1.1     skrll 
   1718  1.1     skrll /* Destruct a bfd2got entry.  */
   1719  1.1     skrll 
   1720  1.1     skrll static void
   1721  1.1     skrll elf_m68k_bfd2got_entry_del (void *_entry)
   1722  1.1     skrll {
   1723  1.1     skrll   struct elf_m68k_bfd2got_entry *entry;
   1724  1.1     skrll 
   1725  1.1     skrll   entry = (struct elf_m68k_bfd2got_entry *) _entry;
   1726  1.1     skrll 
   1727  1.1     skrll   BFD_ASSERT (entry->got != NULL);
   1728  1.1     skrll   elf_m68k_clear_got (entry->got);
   1729  1.1     skrll }
   1730  1.1     skrll 
   1731  1.1     skrll /* Find existing or create new (depending on HOWTO) bfd2got entry in
   1732  1.1     skrll    MULTI_GOT.  ABFD is the bfd we need a GOT for.  INFO is a context where
   1733  1.1     skrll    memory should be allocated.  */
   1734  1.1     skrll 
   1735  1.1     skrll static struct elf_m68k_bfd2got_entry *
   1736  1.1     skrll elf_m68k_get_bfd2got_entry (struct elf_m68k_multi_got *multi_got,
   1737  1.1     skrll 			    const bfd *abfd,
   1738  1.1     skrll 			    enum elf_m68k_get_entry_howto howto,
   1739  1.1     skrll 			    struct bfd_link_info *info)
   1740  1.1     skrll {
   1741  1.1     skrll   struct elf_m68k_bfd2got_entry entry_;
   1742  1.1     skrll   void **ptr;
   1743  1.1     skrll   struct elf_m68k_bfd2got_entry *entry;
   1744  1.1     skrll 
   1745  1.1     skrll   BFD_ASSERT ((info == NULL) == (howto == SEARCH || howto == MUST_FIND));
   1746  1.1     skrll 
   1747  1.1     skrll   if (multi_got->bfd2got == NULL)
   1748  1.1     skrll     /* This is the first GOT.  Initialize bfd2got.  */
   1749  1.1     skrll     {
   1750  1.1     skrll       if (howto == SEARCH)
   1751  1.1     skrll 	return NULL;
   1752  1.1     skrll 
   1753  1.1     skrll       multi_got->bfd2got = htab_try_create (1, elf_m68k_bfd2got_entry_hash,
   1754  1.1     skrll 					    elf_m68k_bfd2got_entry_eq,
   1755  1.1     skrll 					    elf_m68k_bfd2got_entry_del);
   1756  1.1     skrll       if (multi_got->bfd2got == NULL)
   1757  1.1     skrll 	{
   1758  1.1     skrll 	  bfd_set_error (bfd_error_no_memory);
   1759  1.1     skrll 	  return NULL;
   1760  1.1     skrll 	}
   1761  1.1     skrll     }
   1762  1.1     skrll 
   1763  1.1     skrll   entry_.bfd = abfd;
   1764  1.1     skrll   ptr = htab_find_slot (multi_got->bfd2got, &entry_, (howto != SEARCH
   1765  1.1     skrll 						      ? INSERT : NO_INSERT));
   1766  1.1     skrll   if (ptr == NULL)
   1767  1.1     skrll     {
   1768  1.1     skrll       if (howto == SEARCH)
   1769  1.1     skrll 	/* Entry not found.  */
   1770  1.1     skrll 	return NULL;
   1771  1.1     skrll 
   1772  1.1     skrll       /* We're out of memory.  */
   1773  1.1     skrll       bfd_set_error (bfd_error_no_memory);
   1774  1.1     skrll       return NULL;
   1775  1.1     skrll     }
   1776  1.1     skrll 
   1777  1.1     skrll   if (*ptr == NULL)
   1778  1.1     skrll     /* Entry was not found.  Create new one.  */
   1779  1.1     skrll     {
   1780  1.1     skrll       BFD_ASSERT (howto != MUST_FIND && howto != SEARCH);
   1781  1.1     skrll 
   1782  1.1     skrll       entry = ((struct elf_m68k_bfd2got_entry *)
   1783  1.1     skrll 	       bfd_alloc (elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj, sizeof (*entry)));
   1784  1.1     skrll       if (entry == NULL)
   1785  1.1     skrll 	return NULL;
   1786  1.1     skrll 
   1787  1.1     skrll       entry->bfd = abfd;
   1788  1.1     skrll 
   1789  1.1     skrll       entry->got = elf_m68k_create_empty_got (info);
   1790  1.1     skrll       if (entry->got == NULL)
   1791  1.1     skrll 	return NULL;
   1792  1.1     skrll 
   1793  1.1     skrll       *ptr = entry;
   1794  1.1     skrll     }
   1795  1.1     skrll   else
   1796  1.1     skrll     {
   1797  1.1     skrll       BFD_ASSERT (howto != MUST_CREATE);
   1798  1.1     skrll 
   1799  1.1     skrll       /* Return existing entry.  */
   1800  1.1     skrll       entry = *ptr;
   1801  1.1     skrll     }
   1802  1.1     skrll 
   1803  1.1     skrll   return entry;
   1804  1.1     skrll }
   1805  1.1     skrll 
   1806  1.1     skrll struct elf_m68k_can_merge_gots_arg
   1807  1.1     skrll {
   1808  1.1     skrll   /* A current_got that we constructing a DIFF against.  */
   1809  1.1     skrll   struct elf_m68k_got *big;
   1810  1.1     skrll 
   1811  1.1     skrll   /* GOT holding entries not present or that should be changed in
   1812  1.1     skrll      BIG.  */
   1813  1.1     skrll   struct elf_m68k_got *diff;
   1814  1.1     skrll 
   1815  1.1     skrll   /* Context where to allocate memory.  */
   1816  1.1     skrll   struct bfd_link_info *info;
   1817  1.1     skrll 
   1818  1.1     skrll   /* Error flag.  */
   1819  1.1     skrll   bfd_boolean error_p;
   1820  1.1     skrll };
   1821  1.1     skrll 
   1822  1.1     skrll /* Process a single entry from the small GOT to see if it should be added
   1823  1.1     skrll    or updated in the big GOT.  */
   1824  1.1     skrll 
   1825  1.1     skrll static int
   1826  1.1     skrll elf_m68k_can_merge_gots_1 (void **_entry_ptr, void *_arg)
   1827  1.1     skrll {
   1828  1.1     skrll   const struct elf_m68k_got_entry *entry1;
   1829  1.1     skrll   struct elf_m68k_can_merge_gots_arg *arg;
   1830  1.3  christos   const struct elf_m68k_got_entry *entry2;
   1831  1.1     skrll   enum elf_m68k_reloc_type type;
   1832  1.1     skrll 
   1833  1.1     skrll   entry1 = (const struct elf_m68k_got_entry *) *_entry_ptr;
   1834  1.1     skrll   arg = (struct elf_m68k_can_merge_gots_arg *) _arg;
   1835  1.1     skrll 
   1836  1.1     skrll   entry2 = elf_m68k_get_got_entry (arg->big, &entry1->key_, SEARCH, NULL);
   1837  1.1     skrll 
   1838  1.3  christos   if (entry2 != NULL)
   1839  1.1     skrll     /* We found an existing entry.  Check if we should update it.  */
   1840  1.3  christos     {
   1841  1.3  christos       type = elf_m68k_update_got_entry_type (arg->diff,
   1842  1.3  christos 					     entry2->key_.type,
   1843  1.1     skrll 					     entry1->key_.type);
   1844  1.3  christos 
   1845  1.1     skrll       if (type == entry2->key_.type)
   1846  1.1     skrll 	/* ENTRY1 doesn't update data in ENTRY2.  Skip it.
   1847  1.1     skrll 	   To skip creation of difference entry we use the type,
   1848  1.3  christos 	   which we won't see in GOT entries for sure.  */
   1849  1.1     skrll 	type = R_68K_max;
   1850  1.1     skrll     }
   1851  1.3  christos   else
   1852  1.1     skrll     /* We didn't find the entry.  Add entry1 to DIFF.  */
   1853  1.3  christos     {
   1854  1.1     skrll       BFD_ASSERT (entry1->key_.type != R_68K_max);
   1855  1.3  christos 
   1856  1.3  christos       type = elf_m68k_update_got_entry_type (arg->diff,
   1857  1.1     skrll 					     R_68K_max, entry1->key_.type);
   1858  1.1     skrll 
   1859  1.3  christos       if (entry1->key_.bfd != NULL)
   1860  1.1     skrll 	arg->diff->local_n_slots += elf_m68k_reloc_got_n_slots (type);
   1861  1.1     skrll     }
   1862  1.3  christos 
   1863  1.1     skrll   if (type != R_68K_max)
   1864  1.1     skrll     /* Create an entry in DIFF.  */
   1865  1.1     skrll     {
   1866  1.1     skrll       struct elf_m68k_got_entry *entry;
   1867  1.1     skrll 
   1868  1.1     skrll       entry = elf_m68k_get_got_entry (arg->diff, &entry1->key_, MUST_CREATE,
   1869  1.1     skrll 				      arg->info);
   1870  1.1     skrll       if (entry == NULL)
   1871  1.1     skrll 	{
   1872  1.1     skrll 	  arg->error_p = TRUE;
   1873  1.1     skrll 	  return 0;
   1874  1.1     skrll 	}
   1875  1.3  christos 
   1876  1.1     skrll       entry->key_.type = type;
   1877  1.1     skrll     }
   1878  1.1     skrll 
   1879  1.1     skrll   return 1;
   1880  1.1     skrll }
   1881  1.1     skrll 
   1882  1.1     skrll /* Return TRUE if SMALL GOT can be added to BIG GOT without overflowing it.
   1883  1.1     skrll    Construct DIFF GOT holding the entries which should be added or updated
   1884  1.1     skrll    in BIG GOT to accumulate information from SMALL.
   1885  1.1     skrll    INFO is the context where memory should be allocated.  */
   1886  1.1     skrll 
   1887  1.1     skrll static bfd_boolean
   1888  1.1     skrll elf_m68k_can_merge_gots (struct elf_m68k_got *big,
   1889  1.1     skrll 			 const struct elf_m68k_got *small,
   1890  1.1     skrll 			 struct bfd_link_info *info,
   1891  1.1     skrll 			 struct elf_m68k_got *diff)
   1892  1.1     skrll {
   1893  1.1     skrll   struct elf_m68k_can_merge_gots_arg arg_;
   1894  1.1     skrll 
   1895  1.1     skrll   BFD_ASSERT (small->offset == (bfd_vma) -1);
   1896  1.1     skrll 
   1897  1.1     skrll   arg_.big = big;
   1898  1.1     skrll   arg_.diff = diff;
   1899  1.1     skrll   arg_.info = info;
   1900  1.1     skrll   arg_.error_p = FALSE;
   1901  1.1     skrll   htab_traverse_noresize (small->entries, elf_m68k_can_merge_gots_1, &arg_);
   1902  1.1     skrll   if (arg_.error_p)
   1903  1.1     skrll     {
   1904  1.1     skrll       diff->offset = 0;
   1905  1.1     skrll       return FALSE;
   1906  1.1     skrll     }
   1907  1.1     skrll 
   1908  1.3  christos   /* Check for overflow.  */
   1909  1.3  christos   if ((big->n_slots[R_8] + arg_.diff->n_slots[R_8]
   1910  1.3  christos        > ELF_M68K_R_8_MAX_N_SLOTS_IN_GOT (info))
   1911  1.3  christos       || (big->n_slots[R_16] + arg_.diff->n_slots[R_16]
   1912  1.1     skrll 	  > ELF_M68K_R_8_16_MAX_N_SLOTS_IN_GOT (info)))
   1913  1.1     skrll     return FALSE;
   1914  1.1     skrll 
   1915  1.1     skrll   return TRUE;
   1916  1.1     skrll }
   1917  1.1     skrll 
   1918  1.1     skrll struct elf_m68k_merge_gots_arg
   1919  1.1     skrll {
   1920  1.1     skrll   /* The BIG got.  */
   1921  1.1     skrll   struct elf_m68k_got *big;
   1922  1.1     skrll 
   1923  1.1     skrll   /* Context where memory should be allocated.  */
   1924  1.1     skrll   struct bfd_link_info *info;
   1925  1.1     skrll 
   1926  1.1     skrll   /* Error flag.  */
   1927  1.1     skrll   bfd_boolean error_p;
   1928  1.1     skrll };
   1929  1.1     skrll 
   1930  1.1     skrll /* Process a single entry from DIFF got.  Add or update corresponding
   1931  1.1     skrll    entry in the BIG got.  */
   1932  1.1     skrll 
   1933  1.1     skrll static int
   1934  1.1     skrll elf_m68k_merge_gots_1 (void **entry_ptr, void *_arg)
   1935  1.1     skrll {
   1936  1.1     skrll   const struct elf_m68k_got_entry *from;
   1937  1.1     skrll   struct elf_m68k_merge_gots_arg *arg;
   1938  1.1     skrll   struct elf_m68k_got_entry *to;
   1939  1.1     skrll 
   1940  1.1     skrll   from = (const struct elf_m68k_got_entry *) *entry_ptr;
   1941  1.1     skrll   arg = (struct elf_m68k_merge_gots_arg *) _arg;
   1942  1.1     skrll 
   1943  1.1     skrll   to = elf_m68k_get_got_entry (arg->big, &from->key_, FIND_OR_CREATE,
   1944  1.1     skrll 			       arg->info);
   1945  1.1     skrll   if (to == NULL)
   1946  1.1     skrll     {
   1947  1.1     skrll       arg->error_p = TRUE;
   1948  1.1     skrll       return 0;
   1949  1.1     skrll     }
   1950  1.1     skrll 
   1951  1.1     skrll   BFD_ASSERT (to->u.s1.refcount == 0);
   1952  1.3  christos   /* All we need to merge is TYPE.  */
   1953  1.1     skrll   to->key_.type = from->key_.type;
   1954  1.1     skrll 
   1955  1.1     skrll   return 1;
   1956  1.1     skrll }
   1957  1.1     skrll 
   1958  1.1     skrll /* Merge data from DIFF to BIG.  INFO is context where memory should be
   1959  1.1     skrll    allocated.  */
   1960  1.1     skrll 
   1961  1.1     skrll static bfd_boolean
   1962  1.1     skrll elf_m68k_merge_gots (struct elf_m68k_got *big,
   1963  1.1     skrll 		     struct elf_m68k_got *diff,
   1964  1.1     skrll 		     struct bfd_link_info *info)
   1965  1.1     skrll {
   1966  1.1     skrll   if (diff->entries != NULL)
   1967  1.1     skrll     /* DIFF is not empty.  Merge it into BIG GOT.  */
   1968  1.1     skrll     {
   1969  1.1     skrll       struct elf_m68k_merge_gots_arg arg_;
   1970  1.1     skrll 
   1971  1.1     skrll       /* Merge entries.  */
   1972  1.1     skrll       arg_.big = big;
   1973  1.1     skrll       arg_.info = info;
   1974  1.1     skrll       arg_.error_p = FALSE;
   1975  1.1     skrll       htab_traverse_noresize (diff->entries, elf_m68k_merge_gots_1, &arg_);
   1976  1.1     skrll       if (arg_.error_p)
   1977  1.1     skrll 	return FALSE;
   1978  1.1     skrll 
   1979  1.3  christos       /* Merge counters.  */
   1980  1.3  christos       big->n_slots[R_8] += diff->n_slots[R_8];
   1981  1.3  christos       big->n_slots[R_16] += diff->n_slots[R_16];
   1982  1.3  christos       big->n_slots[R_32] += diff->n_slots[R_32];
   1983  1.1     skrll       big->local_n_slots += diff->local_n_slots;
   1984  1.1     skrll     }
   1985  1.1     skrll   else
   1986  1.1     skrll     /* DIFF is empty.  */
   1987  1.3  christos     {
   1988  1.3  christos       BFD_ASSERT (diff->n_slots[R_8] == 0);
   1989  1.3  christos       BFD_ASSERT (diff->n_slots[R_16] == 0);
   1990  1.3  christos       BFD_ASSERT (diff->n_slots[R_32] == 0);
   1991  1.1     skrll       BFD_ASSERT (diff->local_n_slots == 0);
   1992  1.1     skrll     }
   1993  1.1     skrll 
   1994  1.3  christos   BFD_ASSERT (!elf_m68k_hash_table (info)->allow_multigot_p
   1995  1.3  christos 	      || ((big->n_slots[R_8]
   1996  1.3  christos 		   <= ELF_M68K_R_8_MAX_N_SLOTS_IN_GOT (info))
   1997  1.3  christos 		  && (big->n_slots[R_16]
   1998  1.1     skrll 		      <= ELF_M68K_R_8_16_MAX_N_SLOTS_IN_GOT (info))));
   1999  1.1     skrll 
   2000  1.1     skrll   return TRUE;
   2001  1.1     skrll }
   2002  1.1     skrll 
   2003  1.1     skrll struct elf_m68k_finalize_got_offsets_arg
   2004  1.3  christos {
   2005  1.3  christos   /* Ranges of the offsets for GOT entries.
   2006  1.3  christos      R_x entries receive offsets between offset1[R_x] and offset2[R_x].
   2007  1.3  christos      R_x is R_8, R_16 and R_32.  */
   2008  1.3  christos   bfd_vma *offset1;
   2009  1.1     skrll   bfd_vma *offset2;
   2010  1.1     skrll 
   2011  1.1     skrll   /* Mapping from global symndx to global symbols.
   2012  1.1     skrll      This is used to build lists of got entries for global symbols.  */
   2013  1.3  christos   struct elf_m68k_link_hash_entry **symndx2h;
   2014  1.3  christos 
   2015  1.1     skrll   bfd_vma n_ldm_entries;
   2016  1.1     skrll };
   2017  1.1     skrll 
   2018  1.1     skrll /* Assign ENTRY an offset.  Build list of GOT entries for global symbols
   2019  1.1     skrll    along the way.  */
   2020  1.1     skrll 
   2021  1.1     skrll static int
   2022  1.1     skrll elf_m68k_finalize_got_offsets_1 (void **entry_ptr, void *_arg)
   2023  1.1     skrll {
   2024  1.1     skrll   struct elf_m68k_got_entry *entry;
   2025  1.1     skrll   struct elf_m68k_finalize_got_offsets_arg *arg;
   2026  1.3  christos 
   2027  1.3  christos   enum elf_m68k_got_offset_size got_offset_size;
   2028  1.3  christos   bfd_vma entry_size;
   2029  1.1     skrll 
   2030  1.1     skrll   entry = (struct elf_m68k_got_entry *) *entry_ptr;
   2031  1.1     skrll   arg = (struct elf_m68k_finalize_got_offsets_arg *) _arg;
   2032  1.1     skrll 
   2033  1.1     skrll   /* This should be a fresh entry created in elf_m68k_can_merge_gots.  */
   2034  1.1     skrll   BFD_ASSERT (entry->u.s1.refcount == 0);
   2035  1.3  christos 
   2036  1.3  christos   /* Get GOT offset size for the entry .  */
   2037  1.1     skrll   got_offset_size = elf_m68k_reloc_got_offset_size (entry->key_.type);
   2038  1.3  christos 
   2039  1.3  christos   /* Calculate entry size in bytes.  */
   2040  1.1     skrll   entry_size = 4 * elf_m68k_reloc_got_n_slots (entry->key_.type);
   2041  1.3  christos 
   2042  1.3  christos   /* Check if we should switch to negative range of the offsets. */
   2043  1.3  christos   if (arg->offset1[got_offset_size] + entry_size
   2044  1.3  christos       > arg->offset2[got_offset_size])
   2045  1.3  christos     {
   2046  1.3  christos       /* Verify that this is the only switch to negative range for
   2047  1.3  christos 	 got_offset_size.  If this assertion fails, then we've miscalculated
   2048  1.3  christos 	 range for got_offset_size entries in
   2049  1.3  christos 	 elf_m68k_finalize_got_offsets.  */
   2050  1.3  christos       BFD_ASSERT (arg->offset2[got_offset_size]
   2051  1.3  christos 		  != arg->offset2[-(int) got_offset_size - 1]);
   2052  1.3  christos 
   2053  1.3  christos       /* Switch.  */
   2054  1.3  christos       arg->offset1[got_offset_size] = arg->offset1[-(int) got_offset_size - 1];
   2055  1.3  christos       arg->offset2[got_offset_size] = arg->offset2[-(int) got_offset_size - 1];
   2056  1.3  christos 
   2057  1.3  christos       /* Verify that now we have enough room for the entry.  */
   2058  1.3  christos       BFD_ASSERT (arg->offset1[got_offset_size] + entry_size
   2059  1.3  christos 		  <= arg->offset2[got_offset_size]);
   2060  1.3  christos     }
   2061  1.3  christos 
   2062  1.3  christos   /* Assign offset to entry.  */
   2063  1.3  christos   entry->u.s2.offset = arg->offset1[got_offset_size];
   2064  1.1     skrll   arg->offset1[got_offset_size] += entry_size;
   2065  1.1     skrll 
   2066  1.1     skrll   if (entry->key_.bfd == NULL)
   2067  1.1     skrll     /* Hook up this entry into the list of got_entries of H.  */
   2068  1.1     skrll     {
   2069  1.1     skrll       struct elf_m68k_link_hash_entry *h;
   2070  1.1     skrll 
   2071  1.3  christos       h = arg->symndx2h[entry->key_.symndx];
   2072  1.3  christos       if (h != NULL)
   2073  1.3  christos 	{
   2074  1.3  christos 	  entry->u.s2.next = h->glist;
   2075  1.3  christos 	  h->glist = entry;
   2076  1.3  christos 	}
   2077  1.3  christos       else
   2078  1.3  christos 	/* This should be the entry for TLS_LDM relocation then.  */
   2079  1.3  christos 	{
   2080  1.3  christos 	  BFD_ASSERT ((elf_m68k_reloc_got_type (entry->key_.type)
   2081  1.3  christos 		       == R_68K_TLS_LDM32)
   2082  1.1     skrll 		      && entry->key_.symndx == 0);
   2083  1.3  christos 
   2084  1.3  christos 	  ++arg->n_ldm_entries;
   2085  1.1     skrll 	}
   2086  1.1     skrll     }
   2087  1.1     skrll   else
   2088  1.1     skrll     /* This entry is for local symbol.  */
   2089  1.1     skrll     entry->u.s2.next = NULL;
   2090  1.1     skrll 
   2091  1.1     skrll   return 1;
   2092  1.1     skrll }
   2093  1.1     skrll 
   2094  1.1     skrll /* Assign offsets within GOT.  USE_NEG_GOT_OFFSETS_P indicates if we
   2095  1.1     skrll    should use negative offsets.
   2096  1.1     skrll    Build list of GOT entries for global symbols along the way.
   2097  1.3  christos    SYMNDX2H is mapping from global symbol indices to actual
   2098  1.3  christos    global symbols.
   2099  1.1     skrll    Return offset at which next GOT should start.  */
   2100  1.1     skrll 
   2101  1.1     skrll static void
   2102  1.1     skrll elf_m68k_finalize_got_offsets (struct elf_m68k_got *got,
   2103  1.3  christos 			       bfd_boolean use_neg_got_offsets_p,
   2104  1.3  christos 			       struct elf_m68k_link_hash_entry **symndx2h,
   2105  1.1     skrll 			       bfd_vma *final_offset, bfd_vma *n_ldm_entries)
   2106  1.1     skrll {
   2107  1.3  christos   struct elf_m68k_finalize_got_offsets_arg arg_;
   2108  1.3  christos   bfd_vma offset1_[2 * R_LAST];
   2109  1.3  christos   bfd_vma offset2_[2 * R_LAST];
   2110  1.3  christos   int i;
   2111  1.1     skrll   bfd_vma start_offset;
   2112  1.1     skrll 
   2113  1.1     skrll   BFD_ASSERT (got->offset != (bfd_vma) -1);
   2114  1.1     skrll 
   2115  1.1     skrll   /* We set entry offsets relative to the .got section (and not the
   2116  1.3  christos      start of a particular GOT), so that we can use them in
   2117  1.1     skrll      finish_dynamic_symbol without needing to know the GOT which they come
   2118  1.1     skrll      from.  */
   2119  1.3  christos 
   2120  1.3  christos   /* Put offset1 in the middle of offset1_, same for offset2.  */
   2121  1.3  christos   arg_.offset1 = offset1_ + R_LAST;
   2122  1.3  christos   arg_.offset2 = offset2_ + R_LAST;
   2123  1.3  christos 
   2124  1.3  christos   start_offset = got->offset;
   2125  1.1     skrll 
   2126  1.3  christos   if (use_neg_got_offsets_p)
   2127  1.3  christos     /* Setup both negative and positive ranges for R_8, R_16 and R_32.  */
   2128  1.3  christos     i = -(int) R_32 - 1;
   2129  1.3  christos   else
   2130  1.3  christos     /* Setup positives ranges for R_8, R_16 and R_32.  */
   2131  1.3  christos     i = (int) R_8;
   2132  1.3  christos 
   2133  1.1     skrll   for (; i <= (int) R_32; ++i)
   2134  1.3  christos     {
   2135  1.1     skrll       int j;
   2136  1.1     skrll       size_t n;
   2137  1.3  christos 
   2138  1.3  christos       /* Set beginning of the range of offsets I.  */
   2139  1.1     skrll       arg_.offset1[i] = start_offset;
   2140  1.3  christos 
   2141  1.3  christos       /* Calculate number of slots that require I offsets.  */
   2142  1.3  christos       j = (i >= 0) ? i : -i - 1;
   2143  1.3  christos       n = (j >= 1) ? got->n_slots[j - 1] : 0;
   2144  1.3  christos       n = got->n_slots[j] - n;
   2145  1.3  christos 
   2146  1.3  christos       if (use_neg_got_offsets_p && n != 0)
   2147  1.3  christos 	{
   2148  1.3  christos 	  if (i < 0)
   2149  1.3  christos 	    /* We first fill the positive side of the range, so we might
   2150  1.3  christos 	       end up with one empty slot at that side when we can't fit
   2151  1.3  christos 	       whole 2-slot entry.  Account for that at negative side of
   2152  1.3  christos 	       the interval with one additional entry.  */
   2153  1.3  christos 	    n = n / 2 + 1;
   2154  1.3  christos 	  else
   2155  1.3  christos 	    /* When the number of slots is odd, make positive side of the
   2156  1.3  christos 	       range one entry bigger.  */
   2157  1.3  christos 	    n = (n + 1) / 2;
   2158  1.1     skrll 	}
   2159  1.3  christos 
   2160  1.3  christos       /* N is the number of slots that require I offsets.
   2161  1.3  christos 	 Calculate length of the range for I offsets.  */
   2162  1.1     skrll       n = 4 * n;
   2163  1.3  christos 
   2164  1.3  christos       /* Set end of the range.  */
   2165  1.1     skrll       arg_.offset2[i] = start_offset + n;
   2166  1.3  christos 
   2167  1.1     skrll       start_offset = arg_.offset2[i];
   2168  1.1     skrll     }
   2169  1.3  christos 
   2170  1.3  christos   if (!use_neg_got_offsets_p)
   2171  1.3  christos     /* Make sure that if we try to switch to negative offsets in
   2172  1.3  christos        elf_m68k_finalize_got_offsets_1, the assert therein will catch
   2173  1.3  christos        the bug.  */
   2174  1.3  christos     for (i = R_8; i <= R_32; ++i)
   2175  1.1     skrll       arg_.offset2[-i - 1] = arg_.offset2[i];
   2176  1.3  christos 
   2177  1.3  christos   /* Setup got->offset.  offset1[R_8] is either in the middle or at the
   2178  1.3  christos      beginning of GOT depending on use_neg_got_offsets_p.  */
   2179  1.1     skrll   got->offset = arg_.offset1[R_8];
   2180  1.1     skrll 
   2181  1.3  christos   arg_.symndx2h = symndx2h;
   2182  1.1     skrll   arg_.n_ldm_entries = 0;
   2183  1.3  christos 
   2184  1.1     skrll   /* Assign offsets.  */
   2185  1.1     skrll   htab_traverse (got->entries, elf_m68k_finalize_got_offsets_1, &arg_);
   2186  1.3  christos 
   2187  1.3  christos   /* Check offset ranges we have actually assigned.  */
   2188  1.3  christos   for (i = (int) R_8; i <= (int) R_32; ++i)
   2189  1.1     skrll     BFD_ASSERT (arg_.offset2[i] - arg_.offset1[i] <= 4);
   2190  1.3  christos 
   2191  1.3  christos   *final_offset = start_offset;
   2192  1.1     skrll   *n_ldm_entries = arg_.n_ldm_entries;
   2193  1.1     skrll }
   2194  1.1     skrll 
   2195  1.1     skrll struct elf_m68k_partition_multi_got_arg
   2196  1.1     skrll {
   2197  1.1     skrll   /* The GOT we are adding entries to.  Aka big got.  */
   2198  1.1     skrll   struct elf_m68k_got *current_got;
   2199  1.1     skrll 
   2200  1.1     skrll   /* Offset to assign the next CURRENT_GOT.  */
   2201  1.1     skrll   bfd_vma offset;
   2202  1.1     skrll 
   2203  1.1     skrll   /* Context where memory should be allocated.  */
   2204  1.1     skrll   struct bfd_link_info *info;
   2205  1.3  christos 
   2206  1.1     skrll   /* Total number of slots in the .got section.
   2207  1.3  christos      This is used to calculate size of the .got and .rela.got sections.  */
   2208  1.1     skrll   bfd_vma n_slots;
   2209  1.3  christos 
   2210  1.3  christos   /* Difference in numbers of allocated slots in the .got section
   2211  1.1     skrll      and necessary relocations in the .rela.got section.
   2212  1.3  christos      This is used to calculate size of the .rela.got section.  */
   2213  1.1     skrll   bfd_vma slots_relas_diff;
   2214  1.1     skrll 
   2215  1.1     skrll   /* Error flag.  */
   2216  1.1     skrll   bfd_boolean error_p;
   2217  1.1     skrll 
   2218  1.1     skrll   /* Mapping from global symndx to global symbols.
   2219  1.1     skrll      This is used to build lists of got entries for global symbols.  */
   2220  1.1     skrll   struct elf_m68k_link_hash_entry **symndx2h;
   2221  1.1     skrll };
   2222  1.3  christos 
   2223  1.3  christos static void
   2224  1.3  christos elf_m68k_partition_multi_got_2 (struct elf_m68k_partition_multi_got_arg *arg)
   2225  1.3  christos {
   2226  1.3  christos   bfd_vma n_ldm_entries;
   2227  1.3  christos 
   2228  1.3  christos   elf_m68k_finalize_got_offsets (arg->current_got,
   2229  1.3  christos 				 (elf_m68k_hash_table (arg->info)
   2230  1.3  christos 				  ->use_neg_got_offsets_p),
   2231  1.3  christos 				 arg->symndx2h,
   2232  1.3  christos 				 &arg->offset, &n_ldm_entries);
   2233  1.3  christos 
   2234  1.3  christos   arg->n_slots += arg->current_got->n_slots[R_32];
   2235  1.6  christos 
   2236  1.3  christos   if (!bfd_link_pic (arg->info))
   2237  1.3  christos     /* If we are generating a shared object, we need to
   2238  1.3  christos        output a R_68K_RELATIVE reloc so that the dynamic
   2239  1.3  christos        linker can adjust this GOT entry.  Overwise we
   2240  1.3  christos        don't need space in .rela.got for local symbols.  */
   2241  1.3  christos     arg->slots_relas_diff += arg->current_got->local_n_slots;
   2242  1.3  christos 
   2243  1.3  christos   /* @LDM relocations require a 2-slot GOT entry, but only
   2244  1.3  christos      one relocation.  Account for that.  */
   2245  1.3  christos   arg->slots_relas_diff += n_ldm_entries;
   2246  1.3  christos 
   2247  1.3  christos   BFD_ASSERT (arg->slots_relas_diff <= arg->n_slots);
   2248  1.3  christos }
   2249  1.3  christos 
   2250  1.1     skrll 
   2251  1.1     skrll /* Process a single BFD2GOT entry and either merge GOT to CURRENT_GOT
   2252  1.1     skrll    or start a new CURRENT_GOT.  */
   2253  1.1     skrll 
   2254  1.1     skrll static int
   2255  1.1     skrll elf_m68k_partition_multi_got_1 (void **_entry, void *_arg)
   2256  1.1     skrll {
   2257  1.1     skrll   struct elf_m68k_bfd2got_entry *entry;
   2258  1.1     skrll   struct elf_m68k_partition_multi_got_arg *arg;
   2259  1.1     skrll   struct elf_m68k_got *got;
   2260  1.1     skrll   struct elf_m68k_got diff_;
   2261  1.1     skrll   struct elf_m68k_got *diff;
   2262  1.1     skrll 
   2263  1.1     skrll   entry = (struct elf_m68k_bfd2got_entry *) *_entry;
   2264  1.1     skrll   arg = (struct elf_m68k_partition_multi_got_arg *) _arg;
   2265  1.1     skrll 
   2266  1.1     skrll   got = entry->got;
   2267  1.1     skrll   BFD_ASSERT (got != NULL);
   2268  1.1     skrll   BFD_ASSERT (got->offset == (bfd_vma) -1);
   2269  1.1     skrll 
   2270  1.1     skrll   diff = NULL;
   2271  1.1     skrll 
   2272  1.1     skrll   if (arg->current_got != NULL)
   2273  1.1     skrll     /* Construct diff.  */
   2274  1.1     skrll     {
   2275  1.3  christos       diff = &diff_;
   2276  1.1     skrll       elf_m68k_init_got (diff);
   2277  1.1     skrll 
   2278  1.1     skrll       if (!elf_m68k_can_merge_gots (arg->current_got, got, arg->info, diff))
   2279  1.1     skrll 	{
   2280  1.1     skrll 	  if (diff->offset == 0)
   2281  1.1     skrll 	    /* Offset set to 0 in the diff_ indicates an error.  */
   2282  1.1     skrll 	    {
   2283  1.1     skrll 	      arg->error_p = TRUE;
   2284  1.1     skrll 	      goto final_return;
   2285  1.1     skrll 	    }
   2286  1.1     skrll 
   2287  1.1     skrll 	  if (elf_m68k_hash_table (arg->info)->allow_multigot_p)
   2288  1.1     skrll 	    {
   2289  1.3  christos 	      elf_m68k_clear_got (diff);
   2290  1.1     skrll 	      /* Schedule to finish up current_got and start new one.  */
   2291  1.1     skrll 	      diff = NULL;
   2292  1.1     skrll 	    }
   2293  1.1     skrll 	  /* else
   2294  1.1     skrll 	     Merge GOTs no matter what.  If big GOT overflows,
   2295  1.1     skrll 	     we'll fail in relocate_section due to truncated relocations.
   2296  1.1     skrll 
   2297  1.1     skrll 	     ??? May be fail earlier?  E.g., in can_merge_gots.  */
   2298  1.1     skrll 	}
   2299  1.1     skrll     }
   2300  1.1     skrll   else
   2301  1.1     skrll     /* Diff of got against empty current_got is got itself.  */
   2302  1.3  christos     {
   2303  1.1     skrll       /* Create empty current_got to put subsequent GOTs to.  */
   2304  1.1     skrll       arg->current_got = elf_m68k_create_empty_got (arg->info);
   2305  1.1     skrll       if (arg->current_got == NULL)
   2306  1.1     skrll 	{
   2307  1.1     skrll 	  arg->error_p = TRUE;
   2308  1.1     skrll 	  goto final_return;
   2309  1.1     skrll 	}
   2310  1.1     skrll 
   2311  1.1     skrll       arg->current_got->offset = arg->offset;
   2312  1.1     skrll 
   2313  1.1     skrll       diff = got;
   2314  1.1     skrll     }
   2315  1.1     skrll 
   2316  1.1     skrll   if (diff != NULL)
   2317  1.3  christos     {
   2318  1.1     skrll       if (!elf_m68k_merge_gots (arg->current_got, diff, arg->info))
   2319  1.1     skrll 	{
   2320  1.1     skrll 	  arg->error_p = TRUE;
   2321  1.1     skrll 	  goto final_return;
   2322  1.1     skrll 	}
   2323  1.1     skrll 
   2324  1.1     skrll       /* Now we can free GOT.  */
   2325  1.1     skrll       elf_m68k_clear_got (got);
   2326  1.3  christos 
   2327  1.1     skrll       entry->got = arg->current_got;
   2328  1.1     skrll     }
   2329  1.1     skrll   else
   2330  1.3  christos     {
   2331  1.3  christos       /* Finish up current_got.  */
   2332  1.3  christos       elf_m68k_partition_multi_got_2 (arg);
   2333  1.1     skrll 
   2334  1.1     skrll       /* Schedule to start a new current_got.  */
   2335  1.1     skrll       arg->current_got = NULL;
   2336  1.1     skrll 
   2337  1.1     skrll       /* Retry.  */
   2338  1.1     skrll       if (!elf_m68k_partition_multi_got_1 (_entry, _arg))
   2339  1.1     skrll 	{
   2340  1.1     skrll 	  BFD_ASSERT (arg->error_p);
   2341  1.1     skrll 	  goto final_return;
   2342  1.1     skrll 	}
   2343  1.1     skrll     }
   2344  1.1     skrll 
   2345  1.1     skrll  final_return:
   2346  1.1     skrll   if (diff != NULL)
   2347  1.1     skrll     elf_m68k_clear_got (diff);
   2348  1.1     skrll 
   2349  1.1     skrll   return arg->error_p == FALSE ? 1 : 0;
   2350  1.1     skrll }
   2351  1.1     skrll 
   2352  1.1     skrll /* Helper function to build symndx2h mapping.  */
   2353  1.1     skrll 
   2354  1.1     skrll static bfd_boolean
   2355  1.1     skrll elf_m68k_init_symndx2h_1 (struct elf_link_hash_entry *_h,
   2356  1.1     skrll 			  void *_arg)
   2357  1.1     skrll {
   2358  1.1     skrll   struct elf_m68k_link_hash_entry *h;
   2359  1.1     skrll 
   2360  1.1     skrll   h = elf_m68k_hash_entry (_h);
   2361  1.1     skrll 
   2362  1.1     skrll   if (h->got_entry_key != 0)
   2363  1.1     skrll     /* H has at least one entry in the GOT.  */
   2364  1.1     skrll     {
   2365  1.1     skrll       struct elf_m68k_partition_multi_got_arg *arg;
   2366  1.1     skrll 
   2367  1.1     skrll       arg = (struct elf_m68k_partition_multi_got_arg *) _arg;
   2368  1.1     skrll 
   2369  1.1     skrll       BFD_ASSERT (arg->symndx2h[h->got_entry_key] == NULL);
   2370  1.1     skrll       arg->symndx2h[h->got_entry_key] = h;
   2371  1.1     skrll     }
   2372  1.1     skrll 
   2373  1.1     skrll   return TRUE;
   2374  1.1     skrll }
   2375  1.1     skrll 
   2376  1.1     skrll /* Merge GOTs of some BFDs, assign offsets to GOT entries and build
   2377  1.1     skrll    lists of GOT entries for global symbols.
   2378  1.1     skrll    Calculate sizes of .got and .rela.got sections.  */
   2379  1.1     skrll 
   2380  1.1     skrll static bfd_boolean
   2381  1.1     skrll elf_m68k_partition_multi_got (struct bfd_link_info *info)
   2382  1.1     skrll {
   2383  1.1     skrll   struct elf_m68k_multi_got *multi_got;
   2384  1.1     skrll   struct elf_m68k_partition_multi_got_arg arg_;
   2385  1.1     skrll 
   2386  1.1     skrll   multi_got = elf_m68k_multi_got (info);
   2387  1.1     skrll 
   2388  1.1     skrll   arg_.current_got = NULL;
   2389  1.1     skrll   arg_.offset = 0;
   2390  1.3  christos   arg_.info = info;
   2391  1.3  christos   arg_.n_slots = 0;
   2392  1.1     skrll   arg_.slots_relas_diff = 0;
   2393  1.1     skrll   arg_.error_p = FALSE;
   2394  1.1     skrll 
   2395  1.1     skrll   if (multi_got->bfd2got != NULL)
   2396  1.1     skrll     {
   2397  1.1     skrll       /* Initialize symndx2h mapping.  */
   2398  1.1     skrll       {
   2399  1.1     skrll 	arg_.symndx2h = bfd_zmalloc (multi_got->global_symndx
   2400  1.1     skrll 				     * sizeof (*arg_.symndx2h));
   2401  1.1     skrll 	if (arg_.symndx2h == NULL)
   2402  1.1     skrll 	  return FALSE;
   2403  1.1     skrll 
   2404  1.1     skrll 	elf_link_hash_traverse (elf_hash_table (info),
   2405  1.1     skrll 				elf_m68k_init_symndx2h_1, &arg_);
   2406  1.1     skrll       }
   2407  1.1     skrll 
   2408  1.1     skrll       /* Partition.  */
   2409  1.1     skrll       htab_traverse (multi_got->bfd2got, elf_m68k_partition_multi_got_1,
   2410  1.1     skrll 		     &arg_);
   2411  1.1     skrll       if (arg_.error_p)
   2412  1.1     skrll 	{
   2413  1.1     skrll 	  free (arg_.symndx2h);
   2414  1.1     skrll 	  arg_.symndx2h = NULL;
   2415  1.1     skrll 
   2416  1.1     skrll 	  return FALSE;
   2417  1.1     skrll 	}
   2418  1.1     skrll 
   2419  1.3  christos       /* Finish up last current_got.  */
   2420  1.1     skrll       elf_m68k_partition_multi_got_2 (&arg_);
   2421  1.1     skrll 
   2422  1.1     skrll       free (arg_.symndx2h);
   2423  1.1     skrll     }
   2424  1.1     skrll 
   2425  1.1     skrll   if (elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj != NULL)
   2426  1.1     skrll     /* Set sizes of .got and .rela.got sections.  */
   2427  1.1     skrll     {
   2428  1.1     skrll       asection *s;
   2429  1.4  christos 
   2430  1.1     skrll       s = bfd_get_linker_section (elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj, ".got");
   2431  1.3  christos       if (s != NULL)
   2432  1.1     skrll 	s->size = arg_.offset;
   2433  1.3  christos       else
   2434  1.1     skrll 	BFD_ASSERT (arg_.offset == 0);
   2435  1.3  christos 
   2436  1.3  christos       BFD_ASSERT (arg_.slots_relas_diff <= arg_.n_slots);
   2437  1.1     skrll       arg_.n_slots -= arg_.slots_relas_diff;
   2438  1.4  christos 
   2439  1.1     skrll       s = bfd_get_linker_section (elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj, ".rela.got");
   2440  1.3  christos       if (s != NULL)
   2441  1.1     skrll 	s->size = arg_.n_slots * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
   2442  1.3  christos       else
   2443  1.1     skrll 	BFD_ASSERT (arg_.n_slots == 0);
   2444  1.1     skrll     }
   2445  1.1     skrll   else
   2446  1.1     skrll     BFD_ASSERT (multi_got->bfd2got == NULL);
   2447  1.1     skrll 
   2448  1.1     skrll   return TRUE;
   2449  1.1     skrll }
   2450  1.1     skrll 
   2451  1.1     skrll /* Specialized version of elf_m68k_get_got_entry that returns pointer
   2452  1.1     skrll    to hashtable slot, thus allowing removal of entry via
   2453  1.1     skrll    elf_m68k_remove_got_entry.  */
   2454  1.1     skrll 
   2455  1.1     skrll static struct elf_m68k_got_entry **
   2456  1.1     skrll elf_m68k_find_got_entry_ptr (struct elf_m68k_got *got,
   2457  1.1     skrll 			     struct elf_m68k_got_entry_key *key)
   2458  1.1     skrll {
   2459  1.1     skrll   void **ptr;
   2460  1.1     skrll   struct elf_m68k_got_entry entry_;
   2461  1.1     skrll   struct elf_m68k_got_entry **entry_ptr;
   2462  1.1     skrll 
   2463  1.1     skrll   entry_.key_ = *key;
   2464  1.1     skrll   ptr = htab_find_slot (got->entries, &entry_, NO_INSERT);
   2465  1.1     skrll   BFD_ASSERT (ptr != NULL);
   2466  1.1     skrll 
   2467  1.1     skrll   entry_ptr = (struct elf_m68k_got_entry **) ptr;
   2468  1.1     skrll 
   2469  1.1     skrll   return entry_ptr;
   2470  1.1     skrll }
   2471  1.1     skrll 
   2472  1.1     skrll /* Remove entry pointed to by ENTRY_PTR from GOT.  */
   2473  1.1     skrll 
   2474  1.1     skrll static void
   2475  1.1     skrll elf_m68k_remove_got_entry (struct elf_m68k_got *got,
   2476  1.1     skrll 			   struct elf_m68k_got_entry **entry_ptr)
   2477  1.1     skrll {
   2478  1.1     skrll   struct elf_m68k_got_entry *entry;
   2479  1.1     skrll 
   2480  1.1     skrll   entry = *entry_ptr;
   2481  1.1     skrll 
   2482  1.1     skrll   /* Check that offsets have not been finalized yet.  */
   2483  1.1     skrll   BFD_ASSERT (got->offset == (bfd_vma) -1);
   2484  1.1     skrll   /* Check that this entry is indeed unused.  */
   2485  1.1     skrll   BFD_ASSERT (entry->u.s1.refcount == 0);
   2486  1.3  christos 
   2487  1.1     skrll   elf_m68k_remove_got_entry_type (got, entry->key_.type);
   2488  1.1     skrll 
   2489  1.3  christos   if (entry->key_.bfd != NULL)
   2490  1.3  christos     got->local_n_slots -= elf_m68k_reloc_got_n_slots (entry->key_.type);
   2491  1.3  christos 
   2492  1.1     skrll   BFD_ASSERT (got->n_slots[R_32] >= got->local_n_slots);
   2493  1.1     skrll 
   2494  1.1     skrll   htab_clear_slot (got->entries, (void **) entry_ptr);
   2495  1.1     skrll }
   2496  1.1     skrll 
   2497  1.1     skrll /* Copy any information related to dynamic linking from a pre-existing
   2498  1.1     skrll    symbol to a newly created symbol.  Also called to copy flags and
   2499  1.1     skrll    other back-end info to a weakdef, in which case the symbol is not
   2500  1.1     skrll    newly created and plt/got refcounts and dynamic indices should not
   2501  1.1     skrll    be copied.  */
   2502  1.1     skrll 
   2503  1.1     skrll static void
   2504  1.1     skrll elf_m68k_copy_indirect_symbol (struct bfd_link_info *info,
   2505  1.1     skrll 			       struct elf_link_hash_entry *_dir,
   2506  1.1     skrll 			       struct elf_link_hash_entry *_ind)
   2507  1.1     skrll {
   2508  1.1     skrll   struct elf_m68k_link_hash_entry *dir;
   2509  1.1     skrll   struct elf_m68k_link_hash_entry *ind;
   2510  1.1     skrll 
   2511  1.1     skrll   _bfd_elf_link_hash_copy_indirect (info, _dir, _ind);
   2512  1.1     skrll 
   2513  1.1     skrll   if (_ind->root.type != bfd_link_hash_indirect)
   2514  1.1     skrll     return;
   2515  1.1     skrll 
   2516  1.1     skrll   dir = elf_m68k_hash_entry (_dir);
   2517  1.1     skrll   ind = elf_m68k_hash_entry (_ind);
   2518  1.3  christos 
   2519  1.3  christos   /* Any absolute non-dynamic relocations against an indirect or weak
   2520  1.3  christos      definition will be against the target symbol.  */
   2521  1.3  christos   _dir->non_got_ref |= _ind->non_got_ref;
   2522  1.1     skrll 
   2523  1.1     skrll   /* We might have a direct symbol already having entries in the GOTs.
   2524  1.1     skrll      Update its key only in case indirect symbol has GOT entries and
   2525  1.1     skrll      assert that both indirect and direct symbols don't have GOT entries
   2526  1.1     skrll      at the same time.  */
   2527  1.1     skrll   if (ind->got_entry_key != 0)
   2528  1.1     skrll     {
   2529  1.2   mbalmer       BFD_ASSERT (dir->got_entry_key == 0);
   2530  1.1     skrll       /* Assert that GOTs aren't partitioned yet.  */
   2531  1.1     skrll       BFD_ASSERT (ind->glist == NULL);
   2532  1.1     skrll 
   2533  1.1     skrll       dir->got_entry_key = ind->got_entry_key;
   2534  1.1     skrll       ind->got_entry_key = 0;
   2535  1.1     skrll     }
   2536  1.1     skrll }
   2537  1.1     skrll 
   2538  1.1     skrll /* Look through the relocs for a section during the first phase, and
   2539  1.1     skrll    allocate space in the global offset table or procedure linkage
   2540  1.1     skrll    table.  */
   2541  1.1     skrll 
   2542  1.4  christos static bfd_boolean
   2543  1.4  christos elf_m68k_check_relocs (bfd *abfd,
   2544  1.4  christos 		       struct bfd_link_info *info,
   2545  1.4  christos 		       asection *sec,
   2546  1.1     skrll 		       const Elf_Internal_Rela *relocs)
   2547  1.1     skrll {
   2548  1.1     skrll   bfd *dynobj;
   2549  1.1     skrll   Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr;
   2550  1.1     skrll   struct elf_link_hash_entry **sym_hashes;
   2551  1.1     skrll   const Elf_Internal_Rela *rel;
   2552  1.1     skrll   const Elf_Internal_Rela *rel_end;
   2553  1.1     skrll   asection *sgot;
   2554  1.1     skrll   asection *srelgot;
   2555  1.1     skrll   asection *sreloc;
   2556  1.1     skrll   struct elf_m68k_got *got;
   2557  1.6  christos 
   2558  1.1     skrll   if (bfd_link_relocatable (info))
   2559  1.1     skrll     return TRUE;
   2560  1.1     skrll 
   2561  1.1     skrll   dynobj = elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj;
   2562  1.1     skrll   symtab_hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_hdr;
   2563  1.1     skrll   sym_hashes = elf_sym_hashes (abfd);
   2564  1.1     skrll 
   2565  1.1     skrll   sgot = NULL;
   2566  1.1     skrll   srelgot = NULL;
   2567  1.1     skrll   sreloc = NULL;
   2568  1.1     skrll 
   2569  1.1     skrll   got = NULL;
   2570  1.1     skrll 
   2571  1.1     skrll   rel_end = relocs + sec->reloc_count;
   2572  1.1     skrll   for (rel = relocs; rel < rel_end; rel++)
   2573  1.1     skrll     {
   2574  1.1     skrll       unsigned long r_symndx;
   2575  1.1     skrll       struct elf_link_hash_entry *h;
   2576  1.1     skrll 
   2577  1.1     skrll       r_symndx = ELF32_R_SYM (rel->r_info);
   2578  1.1     skrll 
   2579  1.1     skrll       if (r_symndx < symtab_hdr->sh_info)
   2580  1.1     skrll 	h = NULL;
   2581  1.1     skrll       else
   2582  1.1     skrll 	{
   2583  1.1     skrll 	  h = sym_hashes[r_symndx - symtab_hdr->sh_info];
   2584  1.1     skrll 	  while (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_indirect
   2585  1.1     skrll 		 || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_warning)
   2586  1.6  christos 	    h = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) h->root.u.i.link;
   2587  1.6  christos 
   2588  1.6  christos 	  /* PR15323, ref flags aren't set for references in the same
   2589  1.6  christos 	     object.  */
   2590  1.1     skrll 	  h->root.non_ir_ref = 1;
   2591  1.1     skrll 	}
   2592  1.1     skrll 
   2593  1.1     skrll       switch (ELF32_R_TYPE (rel->r_info))
   2594  1.1     skrll 	{
   2595  1.1     skrll 	case R_68K_GOT8:
   2596  1.1     skrll 	case R_68K_GOT16:
   2597  1.1     skrll 	case R_68K_GOT32:
   2598  1.1     skrll 	  if (h != NULL
   2599  1.1     skrll 	      && strcmp (h->root.root.string, "_GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_") == 0)
   2600  1.1     skrll 	    break;
   2601  1.3  christos 	  /* Fall through.  */
   2602  1.3  christos 
   2603  1.1     skrll 	  /* Relative GOT relocations.  */
   2604  1.1     skrll 	case R_68K_GOT8O:
   2605  1.1     skrll 	case R_68K_GOT16O:
   2606  1.3  christos 	case R_68K_GOT32O:
   2607  1.3  christos 	  /* Fall through.  */
   2608  1.3  christos 
   2609  1.3  christos 	  /* TLS relocations.  */
   2610  1.3  christos 	case R_68K_TLS_GD8:
   2611  1.3  christos 	case R_68K_TLS_GD16:
   2612  1.3  christos 	case R_68K_TLS_GD32:
   2613  1.3  christos 	case R_68K_TLS_LDM8:
   2614  1.3  christos 	case R_68K_TLS_LDM16:
   2615  1.3  christos 	case R_68K_TLS_LDM32:
   2616  1.3  christos 	case R_68K_TLS_IE8:
   2617  1.3  christos 	case R_68K_TLS_IE16:
   2618  1.3  christos 	case R_68K_TLS_IE32:
   2619  1.3  christos 
   2620  1.3  christos 	case R_68K_TLS_TPREL32:
   2621  1.3  christos 	case R_68K_TLS_DTPREL32:
   2622  1.3  christos 
   2623  1.6  christos 	  if (ELF32_R_TYPE (rel->r_info) == R_68K_TLS_TPREL32
   2624  1.3  christos 	      && bfd_link_pic (info))
   2625  1.3  christos 	    /* Do the special chorus for libraries with static TLS.  */
   2626  1.3  christos 	    info->flags |= DF_STATIC_TLS;
   2627  1.1     skrll 
   2628  1.1     skrll 	  /* This symbol requires a global offset table entry.  */
   2629  1.1     skrll 
   2630  1.1     skrll 	  if (dynobj == NULL)
   2631  1.1     skrll 	    {
   2632  1.1     skrll 	      /* Create the .got section.  */
   2633  1.1     skrll 	      elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj = dynobj = abfd;
   2634  1.1     skrll 	      if (!_bfd_elf_create_got_section (dynobj, info))
   2635  1.1     skrll 		return FALSE;
   2636  1.1     skrll 	    }
   2637  1.1     skrll 
   2638  1.1     skrll 	  if (sgot == NULL)
   2639  1.4  christos 	    {
   2640  1.1     skrll 	      sgot = bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj, ".got");
   2641  1.1     skrll 	      BFD_ASSERT (sgot != NULL);
   2642  1.1     skrll 	    }
   2643  1.1     skrll 
   2644  1.6  christos 	  if (srelgot == NULL
   2645  1.1     skrll 	      && (h != NULL || bfd_link_pic (info)))
   2646  1.4  christos 	    {
   2647  1.1     skrll 	      srelgot = bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj, ".rela.got");
   2648  1.1     skrll 	      if (srelgot == NULL)
   2649  1.4  christos 		{
   2650  1.4  christos 		  flagword flags = (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
   2651  1.4  christos 				    | SEC_IN_MEMORY | SEC_LINKER_CREATED
   2652  1.4  christos 				    | SEC_READONLY);
   2653  1.4  christos 		  srelgot = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (dynobj,
   2654  1.4  christos 								".rela.got",
   2655  1.1     skrll 								flags);
   2656  1.1     skrll 		  if (srelgot == NULL
   2657  1.1     skrll 		      || !bfd_set_section_alignment (dynobj, srelgot, 2))
   2658  1.1     skrll 		    return FALSE;
   2659  1.1     skrll 		}
   2660  1.1     skrll 	    }
   2661  1.1     skrll 
   2662  1.1     skrll 	  if (got == NULL)
   2663  1.1     skrll 	    {
   2664  1.1     skrll 	      struct elf_m68k_bfd2got_entry *bfd2got_entry;
   2665  1.1     skrll 
   2666  1.1     skrll 	      bfd2got_entry
   2667  1.1     skrll 		= elf_m68k_get_bfd2got_entry (elf_m68k_multi_got (info),
   2668  1.1     skrll 					      abfd, FIND_OR_CREATE, info);
   2669  1.1     skrll 	      if (bfd2got_entry == NULL)
   2670  1.1     skrll 		return FALSE;
   2671  1.1     skrll 
   2672  1.1     skrll 	      got = bfd2got_entry->got;
   2673  1.1     skrll 	      BFD_ASSERT (got != NULL);
   2674  1.1     skrll 	    }
   2675  1.1     skrll 
   2676  1.1     skrll 	  {
   2677  1.1     skrll 	    struct elf_m68k_got_entry *got_entry;
   2678  1.1     skrll 
   2679  1.1     skrll 	    /* Add entry to got.  */
   2680  1.1     skrll 	    got_entry = elf_m68k_add_entry_to_got (got, h, abfd,
   2681  1.1     skrll 						   ELF32_R_TYPE (rel->r_info),
   2682  1.1     skrll 						   r_symndx, info);
   2683  1.1     skrll 	    if (got_entry == NULL)
   2684  1.1     skrll 	      return FALSE;
   2685  1.1     skrll 
   2686  1.1     skrll 	    if (got_entry->u.s1.refcount == 1)
   2687  1.1     skrll 	      {
   2688  1.1     skrll 		/* Make sure this symbol is output as a dynamic symbol.  */
   2689  1.1     skrll 		if (h != NULL
   2690  1.1     skrll 		    && h->dynindx == -1
   2691  1.1     skrll 		    && !h->forced_local)
   2692  1.1     skrll 		  {
   2693  1.1     skrll 		    if (!bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info, h))
   2694  1.1     skrll 		      return FALSE;
   2695  1.1     skrll 		  }
   2696  1.1     skrll 	      }
   2697  1.1     skrll 	  }
   2698  1.1     skrll 
   2699  1.1     skrll 	  break;
   2700  1.1     skrll 
   2701  1.1     skrll 	case R_68K_PLT8:
   2702  1.1     skrll 	case R_68K_PLT16:
   2703  1.1     skrll 	case R_68K_PLT32:
   2704  1.1     skrll 	  /* This symbol requires a procedure linkage table entry.  We
   2705  1.1     skrll 	     actually build the entry in adjust_dynamic_symbol,
   2706  1.1     skrll              because this might be a case of linking PIC code which is
   2707  1.1     skrll              never referenced by a dynamic object, in which case we
   2708  1.1     skrll              don't need to generate a procedure linkage table entry
   2709  1.1     skrll              after all.  */
   2710  1.1     skrll 
   2711  1.1     skrll 	  /* If this is a local symbol, we resolve it directly without
   2712  1.1     skrll 	     creating a procedure linkage table entry.  */
   2713  1.1     skrll 	  if (h == NULL)
   2714  1.1     skrll 	    continue;
   2715  1.1     skrll 
   2716  1.1     skrll 	  h->needs_plt = 1;
   2717  1.1     skrll 	  h->plt.refcount++;
   2718  1.1     skrll 	  break;
   2719  1.1     skrll 
   2720  1.1     skrll 	case R_68K_PLT8O:
   2721  1.1     skrll 	case R_68K_PLT16O:
   2722  1.1     skrll 	case R_68K_PLT32O:
   2723  1.1     skrll 	  /* This symbol requires a procedure linkage table entry.  */
   2724  1.1     skrll 
   2725  1.1     skrll 	  if (h == NULL)
   2726  1.1     skrll 	    {
   2727  1.1     skrll 	      /* It does not make sense to have this relocation for a
   2728  1.1     skrll 		 local symbol.  FIXME: does it?  How to handle it if
   2729  1.1     skrll 		 it does make sense?  */
   2730  1.1     skrll 	      bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
   2731  1.1     skrll 	      return FALSE;
   2732  1.1     skrll 	    }
   2733  1.1     skrll 
   2734  1.1     skrll 	  /* Make sure this symbol is output as a dynamic symbol.  */
   2735  1.1     skrll 	  if (h->dynindx == -1
   2736  1.1     skrll 	      && !h->forced_local)
   2737  1.1     skrll 	    {
   2738  1.1     skrll 	      if (!bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info, h))
   2739  1.1     skrll 		return FALSE;
   2740  1.1     skrll 	    }
   2741  1.1     skrll 
   2742  1.1     skrll 	  h->needs_plt = 1;
   2743  1.1     skrll 	  h->plt.refcount++;
   2744  1.1     skrll 	  break;
   2745  1.1     skrll 
   2746  1.1     skrll 	case R_68K_PC8:
   2747  1.1     skrll 	case R_68K_PC16:
   2748  1.1     skrll 	case R_68K_PC32:
   2749  1.1     skrll 	  /* If we are creating a shared library and this is not a local
   2750  1.1     skrll 	     symbol, we need to copy the reloc into the shared library.
   2751  1.1     skrll 	     However when linking with -Bsymbolic and this is a global
   2752  1.1     skrll 	     symbol which is defined in an object we are including in the
   2753  1.1     skrll 	     link (i.e., DEF_REGULAR is set), then we can resolve the
   2754  1.1     skrll 	     reloc directly.  At this point we have not seen all the input
   2755  1.1     skrll 	     files, so it is possible that DEF_REGULAR is not set now but
   2756  1.1     skrll 	     will be set later (it is never cleared).  We account for that
   2757  1.1     skrll 	     possibility below by storing information in the
   2758  1.6  christos 	     pcrel_relocs_copied field of the hash table entry.  */
   2759  1.1     skrll 	  if (!(bfd_link_pic (info)
   2760  1.1     skrll 		&& (sec->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0
   2761  1.6  christos 		&& h != NULL
   2762  1.1     skrll 		&& (!SYMBOLIC_BIND (info, h)
   2763  1.1     skrll 		    || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak
   2764  1.1     skrll 		    || !h->def_regular)))
   2765  1.1     skrll 	    {
   2766  1.1     skrll 	      if (h != NULL)
   2767  1.1     skrll 		{
   2768  1.1     skrll 		  /* Make sure a plt entry is created for this symbol if
   2769  1.1     skrll 		     it turns out to be a function defined by a dynamic
   2770  1.1     skrll 		     object.  */
   2771  1.1     skrll 		  h->plt.refcount++;
   2772  1.1     skrll 		}
   2773  1.1     skrll 	      break;
   2774  1.1     skrll 	    }
   2775  1.1     skrll 	  /* Fall through.  */
   2776  1.1     skrll 	case R_68K_8:
   2777  1.1     skrll 	case R_68K_16:
   2778  1.4  christos 	case R_68K_32:
   2779  1.4  christos 	  /* We don't need to handle relocs into sections not going into
   2780  1.4  christos 	     the "real" output.  */
   2781  1.4  christos 	  if ((sec->flags & SEC_ALLOC) == 0)
   2782  1.4  christos 	      break;
   2783  1.1     skrll 
   2784  1.1     skrll 	  if (h != NULL)
   2785  1.1     skrll 	    {
   2786  1.1     skrll 	      /* Make sure a plt entry is created for this symbol if it
   2787  1.1     skrll 		 turns out to be a function defined by a dynamic object.  */
   2788  1.3  christos 	      h->plt.refcount++;
   2789  1.6  christos 
   2790  1.3  christos 	      if (bfd_link_executable (info))
   2791  1.3  christos 		/* This symbol needs a non-GOT reference.  */
   2792  1.1     skrll 		h->non_got_ref = 1;
   2793  1.1     skrll 	    }
   2794  1.1     skrll 
   2795  1.1     skrll 	  /* If we are creating a shared library, we need to copy the
   2796  1.6  christos 	     reloc into the shared library.  */
   2797  1.1     skrll 	  if (bfd_link_pic (info))
   2798  1.1     skrll 	    {
   2799  1.1     skrll 	      /* When creating a shared object, we must copy these
   2800  1.1     skrll 		 reloc types into the output file.  We create a reloc
   2801  1.1     skrll 		 section in dynobj and make room for this reloc.  */
   2802  1.1     skrll 	      if (sreloc == NULL)
   2803  1.3  christos 		{
   2804  1.3  christos 		  sreloc = _bfd_elf_make_dynamic_reloc_section
   2805  1.1     skrll 		    (sec, dynobj, 2, abfd, /*rela?*/ TRUE);
   2806  1.3  christos 
   2807  1.1     skrll 		  if (sreloc == NULL)
   2808  1.1     skrll 		    return FALSE;
   2809  1.1     skrll 		}
   2810  1.1     skrll 
   2811  1.1     skrll 	      if (sec->flags & SEC_READONLY
   2812  1.1     skrll 		  /* Don't set DF_TEXTREL yet for PC relative
   2813  1.1     skrll 		     relocations, they might be discarded later.  */
   2814  1.1     skrll 		  && !(ELF32_R_TYPE (rel->r_info) == R_68K_PC8
   2815  1.1     skrll 		       || ELF32_R_TYPE (rel->r_info) == R_68K_PC16
   2816  1.7  christos 		       || ELF32_R_TYPE (rel->r_info) == R_68K_PC32))
   2817  1.7  christos 		{
   2818  1.7  christos 		  if (info->warn_shared_textrel)
   2819  1.8  christos 		    (*_bfd_error_handler)
   2820  1.8  christos 		      (_("warning: dynamic relocation to `%s' in readonly section `%s'"),
   2821  1.7  christos 		      h->root.root.string, sec->name);
   2822  1.7  christos 		  info->flags |= DF_TEXTREL;
   2823  1.1     skrll 		}
   2824  1.1     skrll 
   2825  1.1     skrll 	      sreloc->size += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
   2826  1.1     skrll 
   2827  1.1     skrll 	      /* We count the number of PC relative relocations we have
   2828  1.1     skrll 		 entered for this symbol, so that we can discard them
   2829  1.1     skrll 		 again if, in the -Bsymbolic case, the symbol is later
   2830  1.1     skrll 		 defined by a regular object, or, in the normal shared
   2831  1.1     skrll 		 case, the symbol is forced to be local.  Note that this
   2832  1.1     skrll 		 function is only called if we are using an m68kelf linker
   2833  1.1     skrll 		 hash table, which means that h is really a pointer to an
   2834  1.1     skrll 		 elf_m68k_link_hash_entry.  */
   2835  1.1     skrll 	      if (ELF32_R_TYPE (rel->r_info) == R_68K_PC8
   2836  1.1     skrll 		  || ELF32_R_TYPE (rel->r_info) == R_68K_PC16
   2837  1.1     skrll 		  || ELF32_R_TYPE (rel->r_info) == R_68K_PC32)
   2838  1.1     skrll 		{
   2839  1.1     skrll 		  struct elf_m68k_pcrel_relocs_copied *p;
   2840  1.1     skrll 		  struct elf_m68k_pcrel_relocs_copied **head;
   2841  1.1     skrll 
   2842  1.1     skrll 		  if (h != NULL)
   2843  1.1     skrll 		    {
   2844  1.1     skrll 		      struct elf_m68k_link_hash_entry *eh
   2845  1.1     skrll 			= elf_m68k_hash_entry (h);
   2846  1.1     skrll 		      head = &eh->pcrel_relocs_copied;
   2847  1.1     skrll 		    }
   2848  1.1     skrll 		  else
   2849  1.1     skrll 		    {
   2850  1.1     skrll 		      asection *s;
   2851  1.3  christos 		      void *vpp;
   2852  1.3  christos 		      Elf_Internal_Sym *isym;
   2853  1.3  christos 
   2854  1.3  christos 		      isym = bfd_sym_from_r_symndx (&elf_m68k_hash_table (info)->sym_cache,
   2855  1.3  christos 						    abfd, r_symndx);
   2856  1.3  christos 		      if (isym == NULL)
   2857  1.1     skrll 			return FALSE;
   2858  1.3  christos 
   2859  1.1     skrll 		      s = bfd_section_from_elf_index (abfd, isym->st_shndx);
   2860  1.3  christos 		      if (s == NULL)
   2861  1.1     skrll 			s = sec;
   2862  1.1     skrll 
   2863  1.1     skrll 		      vpp = &elf_section_data (s)->local_dynrel;
   2864  1.1     skrll 		      head = (struct elf_m68k_pcrel_relocs_copied **) vpp;
   2865  1.1     skrll 		    }
   2866  1.1     skrll 
   2867  1.1     skrll 		  for (p = *head; p != NULL; p = p->next)
   2868  1.1     skrll 		    if (p->section == sreloc)
   2869  1.1     skrll 		      break;
   2870  1.1     skrll 
   2871  1.1     skrll 		  if (p == NULL)
   2872  1.1     skrll 		    {
   2873  1.1     skrll 		      p = ((struct elf_m68k_pcrel_relocs_copied *)
   2874  1.1     skrll 			   bfd_alloc (dynobj, (bfd_size_type) sizeof *p));
   2875  1.1     skrll 		      if (p == NULL)
   2876  1.1     skrll 			return FALSE;
   2877  1.1     skrll 		      p->next = *head;
   2878  1.1     skrll 		      *head = p;
   2879  1.1     skrll 		      p->section = sreloc;
   2880  1.1     skrll 		      p->count = 0;
   2881  1.1     skrll 		    }
   2882  1.1     skrll 
   2883  1.1     skrll 		  ++p->count;
   2884  1.1     skrll 		}
   2885  1.1     skrll 	    }
   2886  1.1     skrll 
   2887  1.1     skrll 	  break;
   2888  1.1     skrll 
   2889  1.1     skrll 	  /* This relocation describes the C++ object vtable hierarchy.
   2890  1.1     skrll 	     Reconstruct it for later use during GC.  */
   2891  1.1     skrll 	case R_68K_GNU_VTINHERIT:
   2892  1.1     skrll 	  if (!bfd_elf_gc_record_vtinherit (abfd, sec, h, rel->r_offset))
   2893  1.1     skrll 	    return FALSE;
   2894  1.1     skrll 	  break;
   2895  1.1     skrll 
   2896  1.1     skrll 	  /* This relocation describes which C++ vtable entries are actually
   2897  1.1     skrll 	     used.  Record for later use during GC.  */
   2898  1.1     skrll 	case R_68K_GNU_VTENTRY:
   2899  1.1     skrll 	  BFD_ASSERT (h != NULL);
   2900  1.1     skrll 	  if (h != NULL
   2901  1.1     skrll 	      && !bfd_elf_gc_record_vtentry (abfd, sec, h, rel->r_addend))
   2902  1.1     skrll 	    return FALSE;
   2903  1.1     skrll 	  break;
   2904  1.1     skrll 
   2905  1.1     skrll 	default:
   2906  1.1     skrll 	  break;
   2907  1.1     skrll 	}
   2908  1.1     skrll     }
   2909  1.1     skrll 
   2910  1.1     skrll   return TRUE;
   2911  1.1     skrll }
   2912  1.1     skrll 
   2913  1.1     skrll /* Return the section that should be marked against GC for a given
   2914  1.1     skrll    relocation.  */
   2915  1.1     skrll 
   2916  1.1     skrll static asection *
   2917  1.1     skrll elf_m68k_gc_mark_hook (asection *sec,
   2918  1.1     skrll 		       struct bfd_link_info *info,
   2919  1.1     skrll 		       Elf_Internal_Rela *rel,
   2920  1.1     skrll 		       struct elf_link_hash_entry *h,
   2921  1.1     skrll 		       Elf_Internal_Sym *sym)
   2922  1.1     skrll {
   2923  1.1     skrll   if (h != NULL)
   2924  1.1     skrll     switch (ELF32_R_TYPE (rel->r_info))
   2925  1.1     skrll       {
   2926  1.1     skrll       case R_68K_GNU_VTINHERIT:
   2927  1.1     skrll       case R_68K_GNU_VTENTRY:
   2928  1.1     skrll 	return NULL;
   2929  1.1     skrll       }
   2930  1.1     skrll 
   2931  1.1     skrll   return _bfd_elf_gc_mark_hook (sec, info, rel, h, sym);
   2932  1.1     skrll }
   2933  1.1     skrll 
   2934  1.1     skrll /* Update the got entry reference counts for the section being removed.  */
   2935  1.1     skrll 
   2936  1.1     skrll static bfd_boolean
   2937  1.1     skrll elf_m68k_gc_sweep_hook (bfd *abfd,
   2938  1.1     skrll 			struct bfd_link_info *info,
   2939  1.1     skrll 			asection *sec,
   2940  1.1     skrll 			const Elf_Internal_Rela *relocs)
   2941  1.1     skrll {
   2942  1.1     skrll   Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr;
   2943  1.1     skrll   struct elf_link_hash_entry **sym_hashes;
   2944  1.1     skrll   const Elf_Internal_Rela *rel, *relend;
   2945  1.1     skrll   bfd *dynobj;
   2946  1.1     skrll   struct elf_m68k_got *got;
   2947  1.6  christos 
   2948  1.1     skrll   if (bfd_link_relocatable (info))
   2949  1.1     skrll     return TRUE;
   2950  1.1     skrll 
   2951  1.1     skrll   dynobj = elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj;
   2952  1.1     skrll   if (dynobj == NULL)
   2953  1.1     skrll     return TRUE;
   2954  1.1     skrll 
   2955  1.1     skrll   symtab_hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_hdr;
   2956  1.1     skrll   sym_hashes = elf_sym_hashes (abfd);
   2957  1.1     skrll   got = NULL;
   2958  1.1     skrll 
   2959  1.1     skrll   relend = relocs + sec->reloc_count;
   2960  1.1     skrll   for (rel = relocs; rel < relend; rel++)
   2961  1.1     skrll     {
   2962  1.1     skrll       unsigned long r_symndx;
   2963  1.1     skrll       struct elf_link_hash_entry *h = NULL;
   2964  1.1     skrll 
   2965  1.1     skrll       r_symndx = ELF32_R_SYM (rel->r_info);
   2966  1.1     skrll       if (r_symndx >= symtab_hdr->sh_info)
   2967  1.1     skrll 	{
   2968  1.1     skrll 	  h = sym_hashes[r_symndx - symtab_hdr->sh_info];
   2969  1.1     skrll 	  while (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_indirect
   2970  1.1     skrll 		 || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_warning)
   2971  1.1     skrll 	    h = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) h->root.u.i.link;
   2972  1.1     skrll 	}
   2973  1.1     skrll 
   2974  1.1     skrll       switch (ELF32_R_TYPE (rel->r_info))
   2975  1.1     skrll 	{
   2976  1.1     skrll 	case R_68K_GOT8:
   2977  1.1     skrll 	case R_68K_GOT16:
   2978  1.1     skrll 	case R_68K_GOT32:
   2979  1.1     skrll 	  if (h != NULL
   2980  1.1     skrll 	      && strcmp (h->root.root.string, "_GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_") == 0)
   2981  1.1     skrll 	    break;
   2982  1.1     skrll 
   2983  1.1     skrll 	  /* FALLTHRU */
   2984  1.1     skrll 	case R_68K_GOT8O:
   2985  1.1     skrll 	case R_68K_GOT16O:
   2986  1.3  christos 	case R_68K_GOT32O:
   2987  1.3  christos 	  /* Fall through.  */
   2988  1.3  christos 
   2989  1.3  christos 	  /* TLS relocations.  */
   2990  1.3  christos 	case R_68K_TLS_GD8:
   2991  1.3  christos 	case R_68K_TLS_GD16:
   2992  1.3  christos 	case R_68K_TLS_GD32:
   2993  1.3  christos 	case R_68K_TLS_LDM8:
   2994  1.3  christos 	case R_68K_TLS_LDM16:
   2995  1.3  christos 	case R_68K_TLS_LDM32:
   2996  1.3  christos 	case R_68K_TLS_IE8:
   2997  1.3  christos 	case R_68K_TLS_IE16:
   2998  1.3  christos 	case R_68K_TLS_IE32:
   2999  1.3  christos 
   3000  1.3  christos 	case R_68K_TLS_TPREL32:
   3001  1.3  christos 	case R_68K_TLS_DTPREL32:
   3002  1.1     skrll 
   3003  1.1     skrll 	  if (got == NULL)
   3004  1.1     skrll 	    {
   3005  1.1     skrll 	      got = elf_m68k_get_bfd2got_entry (elf_m68k_multi_got (info),
   3006  1.1     skrll 						abfd, MUST_FIND, NULL)->got;
   3007  1.1     skrll 	      BFD_ASSERT (got != NULL);
   3008  1.1     skrll 	    }
   3009  1.1     skrll 
   3010  1.1     skrll 	  {
   3011  1.1     skrll 	    struct elf_m68k_got_entry_key key_;
   3012  1.1     skrll 	    struct elf_m68k_got_entry **got_entry_ptr;
   3013  1.1     skrll 	    struct elf_m68k_got_entry *got_entry;
   3014  1.3  christos 
   3015  1.3  christos 	    elf_m68k_init_got_entry_key (&key_, h, abfd, r_symndx,
   3016  1.1     skrll 					 ELF32_R_TYPE (rel->r_info));
   3017  1.1     skrll 	    got_entry_ptr = elf_m68k_find_got_entry_ptr (got, &key_);
   3018  1.1     skrll 
   3019  1.1     skrll 	    got_entry = *got_entry_ptr;
   3020  1.1     skrll 
   3021  1.1     skrll 	    if (got_entry->u.s1.refcount > 0)
   3022  1.1     skrll 	      {
   3023  1.1     skrll 		--got_entry->u.s1.refcount;
   3024  1.1     skrll 
   3025  1.1     skrll 		if (got_entry->u.s1.refcount == 0)
   3026  1.1     skrll 		  /* We don't need the .got entry any more.  */
   3027  1.1     skrll 		  elf_m68k_remove_got_entry (got, got_entry_ptr);
   3028  1.1     skrll 	      }
   3029  1.1     skrll 	  }
   3030  1.1     skrll 	  break;
   3031  1.1     skrll 
   3032  1.1     skrll 	case R_68K_PLT8:
   3033  1.1     skrll 	case R_68K_PLT16:
   3034  1.1     skrll 	case R_68K_PLT32:
   3035  1.1     skrll 	case R_68K_PLT8O:
   3036  1.1     skrll 	case R_68K_PLT16O:
   3037  1.1     skrll 	case R_68K_PLT32O:
   3038  1.1     skrll 	case R_68K_PC8:
   3039  1.1     skrll 	case R_68K_PC16:
   3040  1.1     skrll 	case R_68K_PC32:
   3041  1.1     skrll 	case R_68K_8:
   3042  1.1     skrll 	case R_68K_16:
   3043  1.1     skrll 	case R_68K_32:
   3044  1.1     skrll 	  if (h != NULL)
   3045  1.1     skrll 	    {
   3046  1.1     skrll 	      if (h->plt.refcount > 0)
   3047  1.1     skrll 		--h->plt.refcount;
   3048  1.1     skrll 	    }
   3049  1.1     skrll 	  break;
   3050  1.1     skrll 
   3051  1.1     skrll 	default:
   3052  1.1     skrll 	  break;
   3053  1.1     skrll 	}
   3054  1.1     skrll     }
   3055  1.1     skrll 
   3056  1.1     skrll   return TRUE;
   3057  1.1     skrll }
   3058  1.1     skrll 
   3059  1.1     skrll /* Return the type of PLT associated with OUTPUT_BFD.  */
   3061  1.1     skrll 
   3062  1.1     skrll static const struct elf_m68k_plt_info *
   3063  1.1     skrll elf_m68k_get_plt_info (bfd *output_bfd)
   3064  1.1     skrll {
   3065  1.1     skrll   unsigned int features;
   3066  1.1     skrll 
   3067  1.1     skrll   features = bfd_m68k_mach_to_features (bfd_get_mach (output_bfd));
   3068  1.1     skrll   if (features & cpu32)
   3069  1.1     skrll     return &elf_cpu32_plt_info;
   3070  1.1     skrll   if (features & mcfisa_b)
   3071  1.1     skrll     return &elf_isab_plt_info;
   3072  1.1     skrll   if (features & mcfisa_c)
   3073  1.1     skrll     return &elf_isac_plt_info;
   3074  1.1     skrll   return &elf_m68k_plt_info;
   3075  1.1     skrll }
   3076  1.1     skrll 
   3077  1.1     skrll /* This function is called after all the input files have been read,
   3078  1.1     skrll    and the input sections have been assigned to output sections.
   3079  1.1     skrll    It's a convenient place to determine the PLT style.  */
   3080  1.1     skrll 
   3081  1.1     skrll static bfd_boolean
   3082  1.1     skrll elf_m68k_always_size_sections (bfd *output_bfd, struct bfd_link_info *info)
   3083  1.1     skrll {
   3084  1.1     skrll   /* Bind input BFDs to GOTs and calculate sizes of .got and .rela.got
   3085  1.1     skrll      sections.  */
   3086  1.1     skrll   if (!elf_m68k_partition_multi_got (info))
   3087  1.1     skrll     return FALSE;
   3088  1.1     skrll 
   3089  1.1     skrll   elf_m68k_hash_table (info)->plt_info = elf_m68k_get_plt_info (output_bfd);
   3090  1.1     skrll   return TRUE;
   3091  1.1     skrll }
   3092  1.1     skrll 
   3093  1.1     skrll /* Adjust a symbol defined by a dynamic object and referenced by a
   3094  1.1     skrll    regular object.  The current definition is in some section of the
   3095  1.1     skrll    dynamic object, but we're not including those sections.  We have to
   3096  1.1     skrll    change the definition to something the rest of the link can
   3097  1.1     skrll    understand.  */
   3098  1.4  christos 
   3099  1.4  christos static bfd_boolean
   3100  1.1     skrll elf_m68k_adjust_dynamic_symbol (struct bfd_link_info *info,
   3101  1.1     skrll 				struct elf_link_hash_entry *h)
   3102  1.1     skrll {
   3103  1.1     skrll   struct elf_m68k_link_hash_table *htab;
   3104  1.1     skrll   bfd *dynobj;
   3105  1.1     skrll   asection *s;
   3106  1.1     skrll 
   3107  1.1     skrll   htab = elf_m68k_hash_table (info);
   3108  1.1     skrll   dynobj = elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj;
   3109  1.1     skrll 
   3110  1.1     skrll   /* Make sure we know what is going on here.  */
   3111  1.5      matt   BFD_ASSERT (dynobj != NULL
   3112  1.1     skrll 	      && (h->needs_plt
   3113  1.1     skrll 		  || h->type == STT_GNU_IFUNC
   3114  1.1     skrll 		  || h->u.weakdef != NULL
   3115  1.1     skrll 		  || (h->def_dynamic
   3116  1.1     skrll 		      && h->ref_regular
   3117  1.1     skrll 		      && !h->def_regular)));
   3118  1.1     skrll 
   3119  1.1     skrll   /* If this is a function, put it in the procedure linkage table.  We
   3120  1.5      matt      will fill in the contents of the procedure linkage table later,
   3121  1.1     skrll      when we know the address of the .got section.  */
   3122  1.1     skrll   if ((h->type == STT_FUNC || h->type == STT_GNU_IFUNC)
   3123  1.1     skrll       || h->needs_plt)
   3124  1.1     skrll     {
   3125  1.1     skrll       if ((h->plt.refcount <= 0
   3126  1.1     skrll            || SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info, h)
   3127  1.1     skrll 	   || (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h->other) != STV_DEFAULT
   3128  1.1     skrll 	       && h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefweak))
   3129  1.1     skrll 	  /* We must always create the plt entry if it was referenced
   3130  1.1     skrll 	     by a PLTxxO relocation.  In this case we already recorded
   3131  1.1     skrll 	     it as a dynamic symbol.  */
   3132  1.1     skrll 	  && h->dynindx == -1)
   3133  1.1     skrll 	{
   3134  1.1     skrll 	  /* This case can occur if we saw a PLTxx reloc in an input
   3135  1.1     skrll 	     file, but the symbol was never referred to by a dynamic
   3136  1.1     skrll 	     object, or if all references were garbage collected.  In
   3137  1.1     skrll 	     such a case, we don't actually need to build a procedure
   3138  1.1     skrll 	     linkage table, and we can just do a PCxx reloc instead.  */
   3139  1.1     skrll 	  h->plt.offset = (bfd_vma) -1;
   3140  1.1     skrll 	  h->needs_plt = 0;
   3141  1.1     skrll 	  return TRUE;
   3142  1.1     skrll 	}
   3143  1.1     skrll 
   3144  1.1     skrll       /* Make sure this symbol is output as a dynamic symbol.  */
   3145  1.1     skrll       if (h->dynindx == -1
   3146  1.1     skrll 	  && !h->forced_local)
   3147  1.1     skrll 	{
   3148  1.1     skrll 	  if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info, h))
   3149  1.1     skrll 	    return FALSE;
   3150  1.4  christos 	}
   3151  1.1     skrll 
   3152  1.1     skrll       s = bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj, ".plt");
   3153  1.1     skrll       BFD_ASSERT (s != NULL);
   3154  1.1     skrll 
   3155  1.1     skrll       /* If this is the first .plt entry, make room for the special
   3156  1.1     skrll 	 first entry.  */
   3157  1.1     skrll       if (s->size == 0)
   3158  1.1     skrll 	s->size = htab->plt_info->size;
   3159  1.1     skrll 
   3160  1.1     skrll       /* If this symbol is not defined in a regular file, and we are
   3161  1.1     skrll 	 not generating a shared library, then set the symbol to this
   3162  1.1     skrll 	 location in the .plt.  This is required to make function
   3163  1.6  christos 	 pointers compare as equal between the normal executable and
   3164  1.1     skrll 	 the shared library.  */
   3165  1.1     skrll       if (!bfd_link_pic (info)
   3166  1.1     skrll 	  && !h->def_regular)
   3167  1.1     skrll 	{
   3168  1.1     skrll 	  h->root.u.def.section = s;
   3169  1.1     skrll 	  h->root.u.def.value = s->size;
   3170  1.1     skrll 	}
   3171  1.1     skrll 
   3172  1.1     skrll       h->plt.offset = s->size;
   3173  1.1     skrll 
   3174  1.1     skrll       /* Make room for this entry.  */
   3175  1.1     skrll       s->size += htab->plt_info->size;
   3176  1.1     skrll 
   3177  1.4  christos       /* We also need to make an entry in the .got.plt section, which
   3178  1.1     skrll 	 will be placed in the .got section by the linker script.  */
   3179  1.1     skrll       s = bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj, ".got.plt");
   3180  1.1     skrll       BFD_ASSERT (s != NULL);
   3181  1.1     skrll       s->size += 4;
   3182  1.4  christos 
   3183  1.1     skrll       /* We also need to make an entry in the .rela.plt section.  */
   3184  1.1     skrll       s = bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj, ".rela.plt");
   3185  1.1     skrll       BFD_ASSERT (s != NULL);
   3186  1.1     skrll       s->size += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
   3187  1.1     skrll 
   3188  1.1     skrll       return TRUE;
   3189  1.1     skrll     }
   3190  1.1     skrll 
   3191  1.1     skrll   /* Reinitialize the plt offset now that it is not used as a reference
   3192  1.1     skrll      count any more.  */
   3193  1.1     skrll   h->plt.offset = (bfd_vma) -1;
   3194  1.1     skrll 
   3195  1.1     skrll   /* If this is a weak symbol, and there is a real definition, the
   3196  1.1     skrll      processor independent code will have arranged for us to see the
   3197  1.1     skrll      real definition first, and we can just use the same value.  */
   3198  1.1     skrll   if (h->u.weakdef != NULL)
   3199  1.1     skrll     {
   3200  1.1     skrll       BFD_ASSERT (h->u.weakdef->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defined
   3201  1.1     skrll 		  || h->u.weakdef->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak);
   3202  1.1     skrll       h->root.u.def.section = h->u.weakdef->root.u.def.section;
   3203  1.1     skrll       h->root.u.def.value = h->u.weakdef->root.u.def.value;
   3204  1.1     skrll       return TRUE;
   3205  1.1     skrll     }
   3206  1.1     skrll 
   3207  1.1     skrll   /* This is a reference to a symbol defined by a dynamic object which
   3208  1.1     skrll      is not a function.  */
   3209  1.1     skrll 
   3210  1.1     skrll   /* If we are creating a shared library, we must presume that the
   3211  1.1     skrll      only references to the symbol are via the global offset table.
   3212  1.6  christos      For such cases we need not do anything here; the relocations will
   3213  1.1     skrll      be handled correctly by relocate_section.  */
   3214  1.1     skrll   if (bfd_link_pic (info))
   3215  1.3  christos     return TRUE;
   3216  1.3  christos 
   3217  1.3  christos   /* If there are no references to this symbol that do not use the
   3218  1.3  christos      GOT, we don't need to generate a copy reloc.  */
   3219  1.3  christos   if (!h->non_got_ref)
   3220  1.1     skrll     return TRUE;
   3221  1.1     skrll 
   3222  1.1     skrll   /* We must allocate the symbol in our .dynbss section, which will
   3223  1.1     skrll      become part of the .bss section of the executable.  There will be
   3224  1.1     skrll      an entry for this symbol in the .dynsym section.  The dynamic
   3225  1.1     skrll      object will contain position independent code, so all references
   3226  1.1     skrll      from the dynamic object to this symbol will go through the global
   3227  1.1     skrll      offset table.  The dynamic linker will use the .dynsym entry to
   3228  1.1     skrll      determine the address it must put in the global offset table, so
   3229  1.1     skrll      both the dynamic object and the regular object will refer to the
   3230  1.4  christos      same memory location for the variable.  */
   3231  1.1     skrll 
   3232  1.1     skrll   s = bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj, ".dynbss");
   3233  1.1     skrll   BFD_ASSERT (s != NULL);
   3234  1.1     skrll 
   3235  1.1     skrll   /* We must generate a R_68K_COPY reloc to tell the dynamic linker to
   3236  1.1     skrll      copy the initial value out of the dynamic object and into the
   3237  1.4  christos      runtime process image.  We need to remember the offset into the
   3238  1.1     skrll      .rela.bss section we are going to use.  */
   3239  1.1     skrll   if ((h->root.u.def.section->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0 && h->size != 0)
   3240  1.1     skrll     {
   3241  1.4  christos       asection *srel;
   3242  1.1     skrll 
   3243  1.1     skrll       srel = bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj, ".rela.bss");
   3244  1.1     skrll       BFD_ASSERT (srel != NULL);
   3245  1.1     skrll       srel->size += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
   3246  1.1     skrll       h->needs_copy = 1;
   3247  1.6  christos     }
   3248  1.1     skrll 
   3249  1.1     skrll   return _bfd_elf_adjust_dynamic_copy (info, h, s);
   3250  1.1     skrll }
   3251  1.1     skrll 
   3252  1.1     skrll /* Set the sizes of the dynamic sections.  */
   3253  1.4  christos 
   3254  1.4  christos static bfd_boolean
   3255  1.1     skrll elf_m68k_size_dynamic_sections (bfd *output_bfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
   3256  1.1     skrll 				struct bfd_link_info *info)
   3257  1.1     skrll {
   3258  1.1     skrll   bfd *dynobj;
   3259  1.1     skrll   asection *s;
   3260  1.1     skrll   bfd_boolean plt;
   3261  1.1     skrll   bfd_boolean relocs;
   3262  1.1     skrll 
   3263  1.1     skrll   dynobj = elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj;
   3264  1.1     skrll   BFD_ASSERT (dynobj != NULL);
   3265  1.1     skrll 
   3266  1.1     skrll   if (elf_hash_table (info)->dynamic_sections_created)
   3267  1.6  christos     {
   3268  1.1     skrll       /* Set the contents of the .interp section to the interpreter.  */
   3269  1.4  christos       if (bfd_link_executable (info) && !info->nointerp)
   3270  1.1     skrll 	{
   3271  1.1     skrll 	  s = bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj, ".interp");
   3272  1.1     skrll 	  BFD_ASSERT (s != NULL);
   3273  1.1     skrll 	  s->size = sizeof ELF_DYNAMIC_INTERPRETER;
   3274  1.1     skrll 	  s->contents = (unsigned char *) ELF_DYNAMIC_INTERPRETER;
   3275  1.1     skrll 	}
   3276  1.1     skrll     }
   3277  1.1     skrll   else
   3278  1.1     skrll     {
   3279  1.1     skrll       /* We may have created entries in the .rela.got section.
   3280  1.1     skrll 	 However, if we are not creating the dynamic sections, we will
   3281  1.1     skrll 	 not actually use these entries.  Reset the size of .rela.got,
   3282  1.4  christos 	 which will cause it to get stripped from the output file
   3283  1.1     skrll 	 below.  */
   3284  1.1     skrll       s = bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj, ".rela.got");
   3285  1.1     skrll       if (s != NULL)
   3286  1.1     skrll 	s->size = 0;
   3287  1.1     skrll     }
   3288  1.1     skrll 
   3289  1.1     skrll   /* If this is a -Bsymbolic shared link, then we need to discard all
   3290  1.1     skrll      PC relative relocs against symbols defined in a regular object.
   3291  1.1     skrll      For the normal shared case we discard the PC relative relocs
   3292  1.1     skrll      against symbols that have become local due to visibility changes.
   3293  1.6  christos      We allocated space for them in the check_relocs routine, but we
   3294  1.1     skrll      will not fill them in in the relocate_section routine.  */
   3295  1.1     skrll   if (bfd_link_pic (info))
   3296  1.4  christos     elf_link_hash_traverse (elf_hash_table (info),
   3297  1.1     skrll 			    elf_m68k_discard_copies,
   3298  1.1     skrll 			    info);
   3299  1.1     skrll 
   3300  1.1     skrll   /* The check_relocs and adjust_dynamic_symbol entry points have
   3301  1.1     skrll      determined the sizes of the various dynamic sections.  Allocate
   3302  1.1     skrll      memory for them.  */
   3303  1.1     skrll   plt = FALSE;
   3304  1.1     skrll   relocs = FALSE;
   3305  1.1     skrll   for (s = dynobj->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next)
   3306  1.1     skrll     {
   3307  1.1     skrll       const char *name;
   3308  1.1     skrll 
   3309  1.1     skrll       if ((s->flags & SEC_LINKER_CREATED) == 0)
   3310  1.1     skrll 	continue;
   3311  1.1     skrll 
   3312  1.1     skrll       /* It's OK to base decisions on the section name, because none
   3313  1.1     skrll 	 of the dynobj section names depend upon the input files.  */
   3314  1.1     skrll       name = bfd_get_section_name (dynobj, s);
   3315  1.1     skrll 
   3316  1.1     skrll       if (strcmp (name, ".plt") == 0)
   3317  1.1     skrll 	{
   3318  1.1     skrll 	  /* Remember whether there is a PLT.  */
   3319  1.1     skrll 	  plt = s->size != 0;
   3320  1.1     skrll 	}
   3321  1.1     skrll       else if (CONST_STRNEQ (name, ".rela"))
   3322  1.1     skrll 	{
   3323  1.1     skrll 	  if (s->size != 0)
   3324  1.1     skrll 	    {
   3325  1.1     skrll 	      relocs = TRUE;
   3326  1.1     skrll 
   3327  1.1     skrll 	      /* We use the reloc_count field as a counter if we need
   3328  1.1     skrll 		 to copy relocs into the output file.  */
   3329  1.1     skrll 	      s->reloc_count = 0;
   3330  1.1     skrll 	    }
   3331  1.1     skrll 	}
   3332  1.1     skrll       else if (! CONST_STRNEQ (name, ".got")
   3333  1.1     skrll 	       && strcmp (name, ".dynbss") != 0)
   3334  1.1     skrll 	{
   3335  1.1     skrll 	  /* It's not one of our sections, so don't allocate space.  */
   3336  1.1     skrll 	  continue;
   3337  1.1     skrll 	}
   3338  1.1     skrll 
   3339  1.1     skrll       if (s->size == 0)
   3340  1.1     skrll 	{
   3341  1.1     skrll 	  /* If we don't need this section, strip it from the
   3342  1.1     skrll 	     output file.  This is mostly to handle .rela.bss and
   3343  1.1     skrll 	     .rela.plt.  We must create both sections in
   3344  1.1     skrll 	     create_dynamic_sections, because they must be created
   3345  1.1     skrll 	     before the linker maps input sections to output
   3346  1.1     skrll 	     sections.  The linker does that before
   3347  1.1     skrll 	     adjust_dynamic_symbol is called, and it is that
   3348  1.1     skrll 	     function which decides whether anything needs to go
   3349  1.1     skrll 	     into these sections.  */
   3350  1.1     skrll 	  s->flags |= SEC_EXCLUDE;
   3351  1.1     skrll 	  continue;
   3352  1.1     skrll 	}
   3353  1.1     skrll 
   3354  1.1     skrll       if ((s->flags & SEC_HAS_CONTENTS) == 0)
   3355  1.1     skrll 	continue;
   3356  1.1     skrll 
   3357  1.1     skrll       /* Allocate memory for the section contents.  */
   3358  1.1     skrll       /* FIXME: This should be a call to bfd_alloc not bfd_zalloc.
   3359  1.1     skrll 	 Unused entries should be reclaimed before the section's contents
   3360  1.1     skrll 	 are written out, but at the moment this does not happen.  Thus in
   3361  1.1     skrll 	 order to prevent writing out garbage, we initialise the section's
   3362  1.1     skrll 	 contents to zero.  */
   3363  1.1     skrll       s->contents = (bfd_byte *) bfd_zalloc (dynobj, s->size);
   3364  1.1     skrll       if (s->contents == NULL)
   3365  1.1     skrll 	return FALSE;
   3366  1.1     skrll     }
   3367  1.1     skrll 
   3368  1.1     skrll   if (elf_hash_table (info)->dynamic_sections_created)
   3369  1.1     skrll     {
   3370  1.1     skrll       /* Add some entries to the .dynamic section.  We fill in the
   3371  1.1     skrll 	 values later, in elf_m68k_finish_dynamic_sections, but we
   3372  1.1     skrll 	 must add the entries now so that we get the correct size for
   3373  1.1     skrll 	 the .dynamic section.  The DT_DEBUG entry is filled in by the
   3374  1.1     skrll 	 dynamic linker and used by the debugger.  */
   3375  1.1     skrll #define add_dynamic_entry(TAG, VAL) \
   3376  1.6  christos   _bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info, TAG, VAL)
   3377  1.1     skrll 
   3378  1.1     skrll       if (bfd_link_executable (info))
   3379  1.1     skrll 	{
   3380  1.1     skrll 	  if (!add_dynamic_entry (DT_DEBUG, 0))
   3381  1.1     skrll 	    return FALSE;
   3382  1.1     skrll 	}
   3383  1.1     skrll 
   3384  1.1     skrll       if (plt)
   3385  1.1     skrll 	{
   3386  1.1     skrll 	  if (!add_dynamic_entry (DT_PLTGOT, 0)
   3387  1.1     skrll 	      || !add_dynamic_entry (DT_PLTRELSZ, 0)
   3388  1.1     skrll 	      || !add_dynamic_entry (DT_PLTREL, DT_RELA)
   3389  1.1     skrll 	      || !add_dynamic_entry (DT_JMPREL, 0))
   3390  1.1     skrll 	    return FALSE;
   3391  1.1     skrll 	}
   3392  1.1     skrll 
   3393  1.1     skrll       if (relocs)
   3394  1.1     skrll 	{
   3395  1.1     skrll 	  if (!add_dynamic_entry (DT_RELA, 0)
   3396  1.1     skrll 	      || !add_dynamic_entry (DT_RELASZ, 0)
   3397  1.1     skrll 	      || !add_dynamic_entry (DT_RELAENT, sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela)))
   3398  1.1     skrll 	    return FALSE;
   3399  1.1     skrll 	}
   3400  1.1     skrll 
   3401  1.1     skrll       if ((info->flags & DF_TEXTREL) != 0)
   3402  1.1     skrll 	{
   3403  1.1     skrll 	  if (!add_dynamic_entry (DT_TEXTREL, 0))
   3404  1.1     skrll 	    return FALSE;
   3405  1.1     skrll 	}
   3406  1.1     skrll     }
   3407  1.1     skrll #undef add_dynamic_entry
   3408  1.1     skrll 
   3409  1.1     skrll   return TRUE;
   3410  1.1     skrll }
   3411  1.1     skrll 
   3412  1.1     skrll /* This function is called via elf_link_hash_traverse if we are
   3413  1.1     skrll    creating a shared object.  In the -Bsymbolic case it discards the
   3414  1.1     skrll    space allocated to copy PC relative relocs against symbols which
   3415  1.1     skrll    are defined in regular objects.  For the normal shared case, it
   3416  1.1     skrll    discards space for pc-relative relocs that have become local due to
   3417  1.1     skrll    symbol visibility changes.  We allocated space for them in the
   3418  1.1     skrll    check_relocs routine, but we won't fill them in in the
   3419  1.1     skrll    relocate_section routine.
   3420  1.1     skrll 
   3421  1.1     skrll    We also check whether any of the remaining relocations apply
   3422  1.1     skrll    against a readonly section, and set the DF_TEXTREL flag in this
   3423  1.1     skrll    case.  */
   3424  1.4  christos 
   3425  1.4  christos static bfd_boolean
   3426  1.1     skrll elf_m68k_discard_copies (struct elf_link_hash_entry *h,
   3427  1.1     skrll 			 void * inf)
   3428  1.1     skrll {
   3429  1.1     skrll   struct bfd_link_info *info = (struct bfd_link_info *) inf;
   3430  1.3  christos   struct elf_m68k_pcrel_relocs_copied *s;
   3431  1.1     skrll 
   3432  1.1     skrll   if (!SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info, h))
   3433  1.1     skrll     {
   3434  1.1     skrll       if ((info->flags & DF_TEXTREL) == 0)
   3435  1.1     skrll 	{
   3436  1.1     skrll 	  /* Look for relocations against read-only sections.  */
   3437  1.1     skrll 	  for (s = elf_m68k_hash_entry (h)->pcrel_relocs_copied;
   3438  1.1     skrll 	       s != NULL;
   3439  1.1     skrll 	       s = s->next)
   3440  1.7  christos 	    if ((s->section->flags & SEC_READONLY) != 0)
   3441  1.7  christos 	      {
   3442  1.8  christos 		if (info->warn_shared_textrel)
   3443  1.8  christos 		  (*_bfd_error_handler)
   3444  1.1     skrll 		    (_("warning: dynamic relocation to `%s' in readonly section `%s'"),
   3445  1.1     skrll 		    h->root.root.string, s->name);
   3446  1.1     skrll 		info->flags |= DF_TEXTREL;
   3447  1.1     skrll 		break;
   3448  1.1     skrll 	      }
   3449  1.4  christos 	}
   3450  1.4  christos 
   3451  1.4  christos       /* Make sure undefined weak symbols are output as a dynamic symbol
   3452  1.4  christos 	 in PIEs.  */
   3453  1.4  christos       if (h->non_got_ref
   3454  1.4  christos 	  && h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefweak
   3455  1.4  christos 	  && ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h->other) == STV_DEFAULT
   3456  1.4  christos 	  && h->dynindx == -1
   3457  1.4  christos 	  && !h->forced_local)
   3458  1.4  christos 	{
   3459  1.4  christos 	  if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info, h))
   3460  1.4  christos 	    return FALSE;
   3461  1.1     skrll 	}
   3462  1.1     skrll 
   3463  1.1     skrll       return TRUE;
   3464  1.1     skrll     }
   3465  1.1     skrll 
   3466  1.1     skrll   for (s = elf_m68k_hash_entry (h)->pcrel_relocs_copied;
   3467  1.1     skrll        s != NULL;
   3468  1.1     skrll        s = s->next)
   3469  1.1     skrll     s->section->size -= s->count * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
   3470  1.1     skrll 
   3471  1.1     skrll   return TRUE;
   3472  1.3  christos }
   3473  1.3  christos 
   3474  1.3  christos 
   3475  1.3  christos /* Install relocation RELA.  */
   3476  1.3  christos 
   3477  1.3  christos static void
   3478  1.3  christos elf_m68k_install_rela (bfd *output_bfd,
   3479  1.3  christos 		       asection *srela,
   3480  1.3  christos 		       Elf_Internal_Rela *rela)
   3481  1.3  christos {
   3482  1.3  christos   bfd_byte *loc;
   3483  1.3  christos 
   3484  1.3  christos   loc = srela->contents;
   3485  1.3  christos   loc += srela->reloc_count++ * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
   3486  1.3  christos   bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, rela, loc);
   3487  1.3  christos }
   3488  1.3  christos 
   3489  1.3  christos /* Find the base offsets for thread-local storage in this object,
   3490  1.3  christos    for GD/LD and IE/LE respectively.  */
   3491  1.3  christos 
   3492  1.3  christos #define DTP_OFFSET 0x8000
   3493  1.3  christos #define TP_OFFSET  0x7000
   3494  1.3  christos 
   3495  1.3  christos static bfd_vma
   3496  1.3  christos dtpoff_base (struct bfd_link_info *info)
   3497  1.3  christos {
   3498  1.3  christos   /* If tls_sec is NULL, we should have signalled an error already.  */
   3499  1.3  christos   if (elf_hash_table (info)->tls_sec == NULL)
   3500  1.3  christos     return 0;
   3501  1.3  christos   return elf_hash_table (info)->tls_sec->vma + DTP_OFFSET;
   3502  1.3  christos }
   3503  1.3  christos 
   3504  1.3  christos static bfd_vma
   3505  1.3  christos tpoff_base (struct bfd_link_info *info)
   3506  1.3  christos {
   3507  1.3  christos   /* If tls_sec is NULL, we should have signalled an error already.  */
   3508  1.3  christos   if (elf_hash_table (info)->tls_sec == NULL)
   3509  1.3  christos     return 0;
   3510  1.3  christos   return elf_hash_table (info)->tls_sec->vma + TP_OFFSET;
   3511  1.3  christos }
   3512  1.3  christos 
   3513  1.3  christos /* Output necessary relocation to handle a symbol during static link.
   3514  1.3  christos    This function is called from elf_m68k_relocate_section.  */
   3515  1.3  christos 
   3516  1.3  christos static void
   3517  1.3  christos elf_m68k_init_got_entry_static (struct bfd_link_info *info,
   3518  1.3  christos 				bfd *output_bfd,
   3519  1.3  christos 				enum elf_m68k_reloc_type r_type,
   3520  1.3  christos 				asection *sgot,
   3521  1.3  christos 				bfd_vma got_entry_offset,
   3522  1.3  christos 				bfd_vma relocation)
   3523  1.3  christos {
   3524  1.3  christos   switch (elf_m68k_reloc_got_type (r_type))
   3525  1.3  christos     {
   3526  1.3  christos     case R_68K_GOT32O:
   3527  1.3  christos       bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, relocation, sgot->contents + got_entry_offset);
   3528  1.3  christos       break;
   3529  1.3  christos 
   3530  1.3  christos     case R_68K_TLS_GD32:
   3531  1.3  christos       /* We know the offset within the module,
   3532  1.3  christos 	 put it into the second GOT slot.  */
   3533  1.3  christos       bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, relocation - dtpoff_base (info),
   3534  1.3  christos 		  sgot->contents + got_entry_offset + 4);
   3535  1.3  christos       /* FALLTHRU */
   3536  1.3  christos 
   3537  1.3  christos     case R_68K_TLS_LDM32:
   3538  1.3  christos       /* Mark it as belonging to module 1, the executable.  */
   3539  1.3  christos       bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, 1, sgot->contents + got_entry_offset);
   3540  1.3  christos       break;
   3541  1.3  christos 
   3542  1.3  christos     case R_68K_TLS_IE32:
   3543  1.3  christos       bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, relocation - tpoff_base (info),
   3544  1.3  christos 		  sgot->contents + got_entry_offset);
   3545  1.3  christos       break;
   3546  1.3  christos 
   3547  1.3  christos     default:
   3548  1.3  christos       BFD_ASSERT (FALSE);
   3549  1.3  christos     }
   3550  1.3  christos }
   3551  1.3  christos 
   3552  1.3  christos /* Output necessary relocation to handle a local symbol
   3553  1.3  christos    during dynamic link.
   3554  1.3  christos    This function is called either from elf_m68k_relocate_section
   3555  1.3  christos    or from elf_m68k_finish_dynamic_symbol.  */
   3556  1.3  christos 
   3557  1.3  christos static void
   3558  1.3  christos elf_m68k_init_got_entry_local_shared (struct bfd_link_info *info,
   3559  1.3  christos 				      bfd *output_bfd,
   3560  1.3  christos 				      enum elf_m68k_reloc_type r_type,
   3561  1.3  christos 				      asection *sgot,
   3562  1.3  christos 				      bfd_vma got_entry_offset,
   3563  1.3  christos 				      bfd_vma relocation,
   3564  1.3  christos 				      asection *srela)
   3565  1.3  christos {
   3566  1.3  christos   Elf_Internal_Rela outrel;
   3567  1.3  christos 
   3568  1.3  christos   switch (elf_m68k_reloc_got_type (r_type))
   3569  1.3  christos     {
   3570  1.3  christos     case R_68K_GOT32O:
   3571  1.3  christos       /* Emit RELATIVE relocation to initialize GOT slot
   3572  1.3  christos 	 at run-time.  */
   3573  1.3  christos       outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (0, R_68K_RELATIVE);
   3574  1.3  christos       outrel.r_addend = relocation;
   3575  1.3  christos       break;
   3576  1.3  christos 
   3577  1.3  christos     case R_68K_TLS_GD32:
   3578  1.3  christos       /* We know the offset within the module,
   3579  1.3  christos 	 put it into the second GOT slot.  */
   3580  1.3  christos       bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, relocation - dtpoff_base (info),
   3581  1.3  christos 		  sgot->contents + got_entry_offset + 4);
   3582  1.3  christos       /* FALLTHRU */
   3583  1.3  christos 
   3584  1.3  christos     case R_68K_TLS_LDM32:
   3585  1.3  christos       /* We don't know the module number,
   3586  1.3  christos 	 create a relocation for it.  */
   3587  1.3  christos       outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (0, R_68K_TLS_DTPMOD32);
   3588  1.3  christos       outrel.r_addend = 0;
   3589  1.3  christos       break;
   3590  1.3  christos 
   3591  1.3  christos     case R_68K_TLS_IE32:
   3592  1.3  christos       /* Emit TPREL relocation to initialize GOT slot
   3593  1.3  christos 	 at run-time.  */
   3594  1.3  christos       outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (0, R_68K_TLS_TPREL32);
   3595  1.3  christos       outrel.r_addend = relocation - elf_hash_table (info)->tls_sec->vma;
   3596  1.3  christos       break;
   3597  1.3  christos 
   3598  1.3  christos     default:
   3599  1.3  christos       BFD_ASSERT (FALSE);
   3600  1.3  christos     }
   3601  1.3  christos 
   3602  1.3  christos   /* Offset of the GOT entry.  */
   3603  1.3  christos   outrel.r_offset = (sgot->output_section->vma
   3604  1.3  christos 		     + sgot->output_offset
   3605  1.3  christos 		     + got_entry_offset);
   3606  1.3  christos 
   3607  1.3  christos   /* Install one of the above relocations.  */
   3608  1.3  christos   elf_m68k_install_rela (output_bfd, srela, &outrel);
   3609  1.3  christos 
   3610  1.3  christos   bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, outrel.r_addend, sgot->contents + got_entry_offset);
   3611  1.1     skrll }
   3612  1.1     skrll 
   3613  1.1     skrll /* Relocate an M68K ELF section.  */
   3614  1.4  christos 
   3615  1.4  christos static bfd_boolean
   3616  1.4  christos elf_m68k_relocate_section (bfd *output_bfd,
   3617  1.4  christos 			   struct bfd_link_info *info,
   3618  1.4  christos 			   bfd *input_bfd,
   3619  1.4  christos 			   asection *input_section,
   3620  1.4  christos 			   bfd_byte *contents,
   3621  1.4  christos 			   Elf_Internal_Rela *relocs,
   3622  1.1     skrll 			   Elf_Internal_Sym *local_syms,
   3623  1.1     skrll 			   asection **local_sections)
   3624  1.1     skrll {
   3625  1.1     skrll   bfd *dynobj;
   3626  1.1     skrll   Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr;
   3627  1.1     skrll   struct elf_link_hash_entry **sym_hashes;
   3628  1.1     skrll   asection *sgot;
   3629  1.3  christos   asection *splt;
   3630  1.1     skrll   asection *sreloc;
   3631  1.1     skrll   asection *srela;
   3632  1.1     skrll   struct elf_m68k_got *got;
   3633  1.1     skrll   Elf_Internal_Rela *rel;
   3634  1.1     skrll   Elf_Internal_Rela *relend;
   3635  1.1     skrll 
   3636  1.1     skrll   dynobj = elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj;
   3637  1.1     skrll   symtab_hdr = &elf_tdata (input_bfd)->symtab_hdr;
   3638  1.1     skrll   sym_hashes = elf_sym_hashes (input_bfd);
   3639  1.1     skrll 
   3640  1.1     skrll   sgot = NULL;
   3641  1.3  christos   splt = NULL;
   3642  1.1     skrll   sreloc = NULL;
   3643  1.1     skrll   srela = NULL;
   3644  1.1     skrll 
   3645  1.1     skrll   got = NULL;
   3646  1.1     skrll 
   3647  1.1     skrll   rel = relocs;
   3648  1.1     skrll   relend = relocs + input_section->reloc_count;
   3649  1.1     skrll   for (; rel < relend; rel++)
   3650  1.1     skrll     {
   3651  1.1     skrll       int r_type;
   3652  1.1     skrll       reloc_howto_type *howto;
   3653  1.1     skrll       unsigned long r_symndx;
   3654  1.1     skrll       struct elf_link_hash_entry *h;
   3655  1.1     skrll       Elf_Internal_Sym *sym;
   3656  1.1     skrll       asection *sec;
   3657  1.1     skrll       bfd_vma relocation;
   3658  1.1     skrll       bfd_boolean unresolved_reloc;
   3659  1.1     skrll       bfd_reloc_status_type r;
   3660  1.1     skrll 
   3661  1.1     skrll       r_type = ELF32_R_TYPE (rel->r_info);
   3662  1.1     skrll       if (r_type < 0 || r_type >= (int) R_68K_max)
   3663  1.1     skrll 	{
   3664  1.1     skrll 	  bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
   3665  1.1     skrll 	  return FALSE;
   3666  1.1     skrll 	}
   3667  1.1     skrll       howto = howto_table + r_type;
   3668  1.1     skrll 
   3669  1.1     skrll       r_symndx = ELF32_R_SYM (rel->r_info);
   3670  1.1     skrll 
   3671  1.1     skrll       h = NULL;
   3672  1.1     skrll       sym = NULL;
   3673  1.1     skrll       sec = NULL;
   3674  1.1     skrll       unresolved_reloc = FALSE;
   3675  1.1     skrll 
   3676  1.1     skrll       if (r_symndx < symtab_hdr->sh_info)
   3677  1.1     skrll 	{
   3678  1.1     skrll 	  sym = local_syms + r_symndx;
   3679  1.1     skrll 	  sec = local_sections[r_symndx];
   3680  1.1     skrll 	  relocation = _bfd_elf_rela_local_sym (output_bfd, sym, &sec, rel);
   3681  1.1     skrll 	}
   3682  1.6  christos       else
   3683  1.1     skrll 	{
   3684  1.1     skrll 	  bfd_boolean warned, ignored;
   3685  1.1     skrll 
   3686  1.1     skrll 	  RELOC_FOR_GLOBAL_SYMBOL (info, input_bfd, input_section, rel,
   3687  1.6  christos 				   r_symndx, symtab_hdr, sym_hashes,
   3688  1.1     skrll 				   h, sec, relocation,
   3689  1.1     skrll 				   unresolved_reloc, warned, ignored);
   3690  1.4  christos 	}
   3691  1.3  christos 
   3692  1.4  christos       if (sec != NULL && discarded_section (sec))
   3693  1.1     skrll 	RELOC_AGAINST_DISCARDED_SECTION (info, input_bfd, input_section,
   3694  1.6  christos 					 rel, 1, relend, howto, 0, contents);
   3695  1.1     skrll 
   3696  1.1     skrll       if (bfd_link_relocatable (info))
   3697  1.1     skrll 	continue;
   3698  1.1     skrll 
   3699  1.1     skrll       switch (r_type)
   3700  1.1     skrll 	{
   3701  1.1     skrll 	case R_68K_GOT8:
   3702  1.1     skrll 	case R_68K_GOT16:
   3703  1.1     skrll 	case R_68K_GOT32:
   3704  1.1     skrll 	  /* Relocation is to the address of the entry for this symbol
   3705  1.1     skrll 	     in the global offset table.  */
   3706  1.1     skrll 	  if (h != NULL
   3707  1.1     skrll 	      && strcmp (h->root.root.string, "_GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_") == 0)
   3708  1.1     skrll 	    {
   3709  1.1     skrll 	      if (elf_m68k_hash_table (info)->local_gp_p)
   3710  1.1     skrll 		{
   3711  1.1     skrll 		  bfd_vma sgot_output_offset;
   3712  1.1     skrll 		  bfd_vma got_offset;
   3713  1.1     skrll 
   3714  1.4  christos 		  if (sgot == NULL)
   3715  1.1     skrll 		    {
   3716  1.1     skrll 		      sgot = bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj, ".got");
   3717  1.1     skrll 
   3718  1.1     skrll 		      if (sgot != NULL)
   3719  1.1     skrll 			sgot_output_offset = sgot->output_offset;
   3720  1.1     skrll 		      else
   3721  1.1     skrll 			/* In this case we have a reference to
   3722  1.1     skrll 			   _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_, but the GOT itself is
   3723  1.1     skrll 			   empty.
   3724  1.1     skrll 			   ??? Issue a warning?  */
   3725  1.1     skrll 			sgot_output_offset = 0;
   3726  1.1     skrll 		    }
   3727  1.1     skrll 		  else
   3728  1.1     skrll 		    sgot_output_offset = sgot->output_offset;
   3729  1.1     skrll 
   3730  1.1     skrll 		  if (got == NULL)
   3731  1.1     skrll 		    {
   3732  1.1     skrll 		      struct elf_m68k_bfd2got_entry *bfd2got_entry;
   3733  1.1     skrll 
   3734  1.1     skrll 		      bfd2got_entry
   3735  1.1     skrll 			= elf_m68k_get_bfd2got_entry (elf_m68k_multi_got (info),
   3736  1.1     skrll 						      input_bfd, SEARCH, NULL);
   3737  1.1     skrll 
   3738  1.1     skrll 		      if (bfd2got_entry != NULL)
   3739  1.1     skrll 			{
   3740  1.1     skrll 			  got = bfd2got_entry->got;
   3741  1.1     skrll 			  BFD_ASSERT (got != NULL);
   3742  1.1     skrll 
   3743  1.1     skrll 			  got_offset = got->offset;
   3744  1.1     skrll 			}
   3745  1.1     skrll 		      else
   3746  1.1     skrll 			/* In this case we have a reference to
   3747  1.1     skrll 			   _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_, but no other references
   3748  1.1     skrll 			   accessing any GOT entries.
   3749  1.1     skrll 			   ??? Issue a warning?  */
   3750  1.1     skrll 			got_offset = 0;
   3751  1.1     skrll 		    }
   3752  1.1     skrll 		  else
   3753  1.1     skrll 		    got_offset = got->offset;
   3754  1.1     skrll 
   3755  1.1     skrll 		  /* Adjust GOT pointer to point to the GOT
   3756  1.1     skrll 		     assigned to input_bfd.  */
   3757  1.1     skrll 		  rel->r_addend += sgot_output_offset + got_offset;
   3758  1.1     skrll 		}
   3759  1.1     skrll 	      else
   3760  1.1     skrll 		BFD_ASSERT (got == NULL || got->offset == 0);
   3761  1.1     skrll 
   3762  1.1     skrll 	      break;
   3763  1.1     skrll 	    }
   3764  1.1     skrll 	  /* Fall through.  */
   3765  1.1     skrll 	case R_68K_GOT8O:
   3766  1.3  christos 	case R_68K_GOT16O:
   3767  1.3  christos 	case R_68K_GOT32O:
   3768  1.3  christos 
   3769  1.3  christos 	case R_68K_TLS_LDM32:
   3770  1.3  christos 	case R_68K_TLS_LDM16:
   3771  1.3  christos 	case R_68K_TLS_LDM8:
   3772  1.3  christos 
   3773  1.3  christos 	case R_68K_TLS_GD8:
   3774  1.3  christos 	case R_68K_TLS_GD16:
   3775  1.3  christos 	case R_68K_TLS_GD32:
   3776  1.3  christos 
   3777  1.3  christos 	case R_68K_TLS_IE8:
   3778  1.3  christos 	case R_68K_TLS_IE16:
   3779  1.1     skrll 	case R_68K_TLS_IE32:
   3780  1.1     skrll 
   3781  1.1     skrll 	  /* Relocation is the offset of the entry for this symbol in
   3782  1.1     skrll 	     the global offset table.  */
   3783  1.1     skrll 
   3784  1.1     skrll 	  {
   3785  1.1     skrll 	    struct elf_m68k_got_entry_key key_;
   3786  1.1     skrll 	    bfd_vma *off_ptr;
   3787  1.1     skrll 	    bfd_vma off;
   3788  1.1     skrll 
   3789  1.4  christos 	    if (sgot == NULL)
   3790  1.1     skrll 	      {
   3791  1.1     skrll 		sgot = bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj, ".got");
   3792  1.1     skrll 		BFD_ASSERT (sgot != NULL);
   3793  1.1     skrll 	      }
   3794  1.1     skrll 
   3795  1.1     skrll 	    if (got == NULL)
   3796  1.1     skrll 	      {
   3797  1.1     skrll 		got = elf_m68k_get_bfd2got_entry (elf_m68k_multi_got (info),
   3798  1.1     skrll 						  input_bfd, MUST_FIND,
   3799  1.1     skrll 						  NULL)->got;
   3800  1.1     skrll 		BFD_ASSERT (got != NULL);
   3801  1.1     skrll 	      }
   3802  1.3  christos 
   3803  1.3  christos 	    /* Get GOT offset for this symbol.  */
   3804  1.1     skrll 	    elf_m68k_init_got_entry_key (&key_, h, input_bfd, r_symndx,
   3805  1.1     skrll 					 r_type);
   3806  1.1     skrll 	    off_ptr = &elf_m68k_get_got_entry (got, &key_, MUST_FIND,
   3807  1.1     skrll 					       NULL)->u.s2.offset;
   3808  1.3  christos 	    off = *off_ptr;
   3809  1.3  christos 
   3810  1.3  christos 	    /* The offset must always be a multiple of 4.  We use
   3811  1.3  christos 	       the least significant bit to record whether we have
   3812  1.3  christos 	       already generated the necessary reloc.  */
   3813  1.3  christos 	    if ((off & 1) != 0)
   3814  1.1     skrll 	      off &= ~1;
   3815  1.3  christos 	    else
   3816  1.3  christos 	      {
   3817  1.3  christos 		if (h != NULL
   3818  1.3  christos 		    /* @TLSLDM relocations are bounded to the module, in
   3819  1.3  christos 		       which the symbol is defined -- not to the symbol
   3820  1.3  christos 		       itself.  */
   3821  1.3  christos 		    && elf_m68k_reloc_got_type (r_type) != R_68K_TLS_LDM32)
   3822  1.1     skrll 		  {
   3823  1.3  christos 		    bfd_boolean dyn;
   3824  1.6  christos 
   3825  1.6  christos 		    dyn = elf_hash_table (info)->dynamic_sections_created;
   3826  1.6  christos 		    if (!WILL_CALL_FINISH_DYNAMIC_SYMBOL (dyn,
   3827  1.6  christos 							  bfd_link_pic (info),
   3828  1.3  christos 							  h)
   3829  1.3  christos 			|| (bfd_link_pic (info)
   3830  1.3  christos 			    && SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info, h))
   3831  1.1     skrll 			|| (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h->other)
   3832  1.3  christos 			    && h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefweak))
   3833  1.3  christos 		      {
   3834  1.3  christos 			/* This is actually a static link, or it is a
   3835  1.3  christos 			   -Bsymbolic link and the symbol is defined
   3836  1.3  christos 			   locally, or the symbol was forced to be local
   3837  1.3  christos 			   because of a version file.  We must initialize
   3838  1.3  christos 			   this entry in the global offset table.  Since
   3839  1.3  christos 			   the offset must always be a multiple of 4, we
   3840  1.3  christos 			   use the least significant bit to record whether
   3841  1.3  christos 			   we have initialized it already.
   3842  1.3  christos 
   3843  1.3  christos 			   When doing a dynamic link, we create a .rela.got
   3844  1.3  christos 			   relocation entry to initialize the value.  This
   3845  1.3  christos 			   is done in the finish_dynamic_symbol routine.  */
   3846  1.3  christos 
   3847  1.3  christos 			elf_m68k_init_got_entry_static (info,
   3848  1.3  christos 							output_bfd,
   3849  1.3  christos 							r_type,
   3850  1.3  christos 							sgot,
   3851  1.3  christos 							off,
   3852  1.1     skrll 							relocation);
   3853  1.1     skrll 
   3854  1.3  christos 			*off_ptr |= 1;
   3855  1.3  christos 		      }
   3856  1.1     skrll 		    else
   3857  1.6  christos 		      unresolved_reloc = FALSE;
   3858  1.3  christos 		  }
   3859  1.1     skrll 		else if (bfd_link_pic (info)) /* && h == NULL */
   3860  1.3  christos 		  /* Process local symbol during dynamic link.  */
   3861  1.1     skrll 		  {
   3862  1.4  christos 		    if (srela == NULL)
   3863  1.3  christos 		      {
   3864  1.1     skrll 			srela = bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj, ".rela.got");
   3865  1.1     skrll 			BFD_ASSERT (srela != NULL);
   3866  1.3  christos 		      }
   3867  1.3  christos 
   3868  1.3  christos 		    elf_m68k_init_got_entry_local_shared (info,
   3869  1.3  christos 							  output_bfd,
   3870  1.3  christos 							  r_type,
   3871  1.3  christos 							  sgot,
   3872  1.3  christos 							  off,
   3873  1.3  christos 							  relocation,
   3874  1.3  christos 							  srela);
   3875  1.3  christos 
   3876  1.6  christos 		    *off_ptr |= 1;
   3877  1.3  christos 		  }
   3878  1.3  christos 		else /* h == NULL && !bfd_link_pic (info) */
   3879  1.3  christos 		  {
   3880  1.3  christos 		    elf_m68k_init_got_entry_static (info,
   3881  1.3  christos 						    output_bfd,
   3882  1.3  christos 						    r_type,
   3883  1.3  christos 						    sgot,
   3884  1.3  christos 						    off,
   3885  1.1     skrll 						    relocation);
   3886  1.1     skrll 
   3887  1.1     skrll 		    *off_ptr |= 1;
   3888  1.1     skrll 		  }
   3889  1.3  christos 	      }
   3890  1.3  christos 
   3891  1.3  christos 	    /* We don't use elf_m68k_reloc_got_type in the condition below
   3892  1.3  christos 	       because this is the only place where difference between
   3893  1.1     skrll 	       R_68K_GOTx and R_68K_GOTxO relocations matters.  */
   3894  1.3  christos 	    if (r_type == R_68K_GOT32O
   3895  1.3  christos 		|| r_type == R_68K_GOT16O
   3896  1.3  christos 		|| r_type == R_68K_GOT8O
   3897  1.3  christos 		|| elf_m68k_reloc_got_type (r_type) == R_68K_TLS_GD32
   3898  1.1     skrll 		|| elf_m68k_reloc_got_type (r_type) == R_68K_TLS_LDM32
   3899  1.1     skrll 		|| elf_m68k_reloc_got_type (r_type) == R_68K_TLS_IE32)
   3900  1.1     skrll 	      {
   3901  1.1     skrll 		/* GOT pointer is adjusted to point to the start/middle
   3902  1.1     skrll 		   of local GOT.  Adjust the offset accordingly.  */
   3903  1.1     skrll 		BFD_ASSERT (elf_m68k_hash_table (info)->use_neg_got_offsets_p
   3904  1.1     skrll 			    || off >= got->offset);
   3905  1.1     skrll 
   3906  1.1     skrll 		if (elf_m68k_hash_table (info)->local_gp_p)
   3907  1.1     skrll 		  relocation = off - got->offset;
   3908  1.1     skrll 		else
   3909  1.1     skrll 		  {
   3910  1.1     skrll 		    BFD_ASSERT (got->offset == 0);
   3911  1.1     skrll 		    relocation = sgot->output_offset + off;
   3912  1.1     skrll 		  }
   3913  1.1     skrll 
   3914  1.1     skrll 		/* This relocation does not use the addend.  */
   3915  1.1     skrll 		rel->r_addend = 0;
   3916  1.1     skrll 	      }
   3917  1.1     skrll 	    else
   3918  1.1     skrll 	      relocation = (sgot->output_section->vma + sgot->output_offset
   3919  1.1     skrll 			    + off);
   3920  1.1     skrll 	  }
   3921  1.3  christos 	  break;
   3922  1.3  christos 
   3923  1.3  christos 	case R_68K_TLS_LDO32:
   3924  1.3  christos 	case R_68K_TLS_LDO16:
   3925  1.3  christos 	case R_68K_TLS_LDO8:
   3926  1.3  christos 	  relocation -= dtpoff_base (info);
   3927  1.3  christos 	  break;
   3928  1.3  christos 
   3929  1.3  christos 	case R_68K_TLS_LE32:
   3930  1.6  christos 	case R_68K_TLS_LE16:
   3931  1.3  christos 	case R_68K_TLS_LE8:
   3932  1.3  christos 	  if (bfd_link_dll (info))
   3933  1.3  christos 	    {
   3934  1.3  christos 	      (*_bfd_error_handler)
   3935  1.3  christos 		(_("%B(%A+0x%lx): R_68K_TLS_LE32 relocation not permitted "
   3936  1.3  christos 		   "in shared object"),
   3937  1.3  christos 		 input_bfd, input_section, (long) rel->r_offset, howto->name);
   3938  1.3  christos 
   3939  1.3  christos 	      return FALSE;
   3940  1.3  christos 	    }
   3941  1.3  christos 	  else
   3942  1.3  christos 	    relocation -= tpoff_base (info);
   3943  1.3  christos 
   3944  1.1     skrll 	  break;
   3945  1.1     skrll 
   3946  1.1     skrll 	case R_68K_PLT8:
   3947  1.1     skrll 	case R_68K_PLT16:
   3948  1.1     skrll 	case R_68K_PLT32:
   3949  1.1     skrll 	  /* Relocation is to the entry for this symbol in the
   3950  1.1     skrll 	     procedure linkage table.  */
   3951  1.1     skrll 
   3952  1.1     skrll 	  /* Resolve a PLTxx reloc against a local symbol directly,
   3953  1.1     skrll 	     without using the procedure linkage table.  */
   3954  1.1     skrll 	  if (h == NULL)
   3955  1.1     skrll 	    break;
   3956  1.1     skrll 
   3957  1.1     skrll 	  if (h->plt.offset == (bfd_vma) -1
   3958  1.1     skrll 	      || !elf_hash_table (info)->dynamic_sections_created)
   3959  1.1     skrll 	    {
   3960  1.1     skrll 	      /* We didn't make a PLT entry for this symbol.  This
   3961  1.1     skrll 		 happens when statically linking PIC code, or when
   3962  1.1     skrll 		 using -Bsymbolic.  */
   3963  1.1     skrll 	      break;
   3964  1.1     skrll 	    }
   3965  1.1     skrll 
   3966  1.4  christos 	  if (splt == NULL)
   3967  1.1     skrll 	    {
   3968  1.1     skrll 	      splt = bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj, ".plt");
   3969  1.1     skrll 	      BFD_ASSERT (splt != NULL);
   3970  1.1     skrll 	    }
   3971  1.1     skrll 
   3972  1.1     skrll 	  relocation = (splt->output_section->vma
   3973  1.1     skrll 			+ splt->output_offset
   3974  1.1     skrll 			+ h->plt.offset);
   3975  1.1     skrll 	  unresolved_reloc = FALSE;
   3976  1.1     skrll 	  break;
   3977  1.1     skrll 
   3978  1.1     skrll 	case R_68K_PLT8O:
   3979  1.1     skrll 	case R_68K_PLT16O:
   3980  1.1     skrll 	case R_68K_PLT32O:
   3981  1.1     skrll 	  /* Relocation is the offset of the entry for this symbol in
   3982  1.1     skrll 	     the procedure linkage table.  */
   3983  1.1     skrll 	  BFD_ASSERT (h != NULL && h->plt.offset != (bfd_vma) -1);
   3984  1.1     skrll 
   3985  1.4  christos 	  if (splt == NULL)
   3986  1.1     skrll 	    {
   3987  1.1     skrll 	      splt = bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj, ".plt");
   3988  1.1     skrll 	      BFD_ASSERT (splt != NULL);
   3989  1.1     skrll 	    }
   3990  1.1     skrll 
   3991  1.1     skrll 	  relocation = h->plt.offset;
   3992  1.1     skrll 	  unresolved_reloc = FALSE;
   3993  1.1     skrll 
   3994  1.1     skrll 	  /* This relocation does not use the addend.  */
   3995  1.1     skrll 	  rel->r_addend = 0;
   3996  1.1     skrll 
   3997  1.3  christos 	  break;
   3998  1.3  christos 
   3999  1.3  christos 	case R_68K_8:
   4000  1.1     skrll 	case R_68K_16:
   4001  1.1     skrll 	case R_68K_32:
   4002  1.1     skrll 	case R_68K_PC8:
   4003  1.6  christos 	case R_68K_PC16:
   4004  1.3  christos 	case R_68K_PC32:
   4005  1.1     skrll 	  if (bfd_link_pic (info)
   4006  1.1     skrll 	      && r_symndx != STN_UNDEF
   4007  1.1     skrll 	      && (input_section->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0
   4008  1.1     skrll 	      && (h == NULL
   4009  1.1     skrll 		  || ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h->other) == STV_DEFAULT
   4010  1.1     skrll 		  || h->root.type != bfd_link_hash_undefweak)
   4011  1.1     skrll 	      && ((r_type != R_68K_PC8
   4012  1.3  christos 		   && r_type != R_68K_PC16
   4013  1.1     skrll 		   && r_type != R_68K_PC32)
   4014  1.1     skrll 		  || !SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info, h)))
   4015  1.1     skrll 	    {
   4016  1.1     skrll 	      Elf_Internal_Rela outrel;
   4017  1.1     skrll 	      bfd_byte *loc;
   4018  1.1     skrll 	      bfd_boolean skip, relocate;
   4019  1.1     skrll 
   4020  1.1     skrll 	      /* When generating a shared object, these relocations
   4021  1.1     skrll 		 are copied into the output file to be resolved at run
   4022  1.1     skrll 		 time.  */
   4023  1.1     skrll 
   4024  1.1     skrll 	      skip = FALSE;
   4025  1.1     skrll 	      relocate = FALSE;
   4026  1.1     skrll 
   4027  1.1     skrll 	      outrel.r_offset =
   4028  1.1     skrll 		_bfd_elf_section_offset (output_bfd, info, input_section,
   4029  1.1     skrll 					 rel->r_offset);
   4030  1.1     skrll 	      if (outrel.r_offset == (bfd_vma) -1)
   4031  1.1     skrll 		skip = TRUE;
   4032  1.1     skrll 	      else if (outrel.r_offset == (bfd_vma) -2)
   4033  1.1     skrll 		skip = TRUE, relocate = TRUE;
   4034  1.1     skrll 	      outrel.r_offset += (input_section->output_section->vma
   4035  1.1     skrll 				  + input_section->output_offset);
   4036  1.1     skrll 
   4037  1.1     skrll 	      if (skip)
   4038  1.1     skrll 		memset (&outrel, 0, sizeof outrel);
   4039  1.1     skrll 	      else if (h != NULL
   4040  1.1     skrll 		       && h->dynindx != -1
   4041  1.1     skrll 		       && (r_type == R_68K_PC8
   4042  1.6  christos 			   || r_type == R_68K_PC16
   4043  1.6  christos 			   || r_type == R_68K_PC32
   4044  1.1     skrll 			   || !bfd_link_pic (info)
   4045  1.1     skrll 			   || !SYMBOLIC_BIND (info, h)
   4046  1.1     skrll 			   || !h->def_regular))
   4047  1.1     skrll 		{
   4048  1.1     skrll 		  outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (h->dynindx, r_type);
   4049  1.1     skrll 		  outrel.r_addend = rel->r_addend;
   4050  1.1     skrll 		}
   4051  1.1     skrll 	      else
   4052  1.1     skrll 		{
   4053  1.1     skrll 		  /* This symbol is local, or marked to become local.  */
   4054  1.1     skrll 		  outrel.r_addend = relocation + rel->r_addend;
   4055  1.1     skrll 
   4056  1.1     skrll 		  if (r_type == R_68K_32)
   4057  1.1     skrll 		    {
   4058  1.1     skrll 		      relocate = TRUE;
   4059  1.1     skrll 		      outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (0, R_68K_RELATIVE);
   4060  1.1     skrll 		    }
   4061  1.1     skrll 		  else
   4062  1.1     skrll 		    {
   4063  1.1     skrll 		      long indx;
   4064  1.1     skrll 
   4065  1.1     skrll 		      if (bfd_is_abs_section (sec))
   4066  1.1     skrll 			indx = 0;
   4067  1.1     skrll 		      else if (sec == NULL || sec->owner == NULL)
   4068  1.1     skrll 			{
   4069  1.1     skrll 			  bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
   4070  1.1     skrll 			  return FALSE;
   4071  1.1     skrll 			}
   4072  1.1     skrll 		      else
   4073  1.1     skrll 			{
   4074  1.1     skrll 			  asection *osec;
   4075  1.1     skrll 
   4076  1.1     skrll 			  /* We are turning this relocation into one
   4077  1.1     skrll 			     against a section symbol.  It would be
   4078  1.1     skrll 			     proper to subtract the symbol's value,
   4079  1.1     skrll 			     osec->vma, from the emitted reloc addend,
   4080  1.1     skrll 			     but ld.so expects buggy relocs.  */
   4081  1.1     skrll 			  osec = sec->output_section;
   4082  1.1     skrll 			  indx = elf_section_data (osec)->dynindx;
   4083  1.1     skrll 			  if (indx == 0)
   4084  1.1     skrll 			    {
   4085  1.1     skrll 			      struct elf_link_hash_table *htab;
   4086  1.1     skrll 			      htab = elf_hash_table (info);
   4087  1.1     skrll 			      osec = htab->text_index_section;
   4088  1.1     skrll 			      indx = elf_section_data (osec)->dynindx;
   4089  1.1     skrll 			    }
   4090  1.1     skrll 			  BFD_ASSERT (indx != 0);
   4091  1.1     skrll 			}
   4092  1.1     skrll 
   4093  1.1     skrll 		      outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (indx, r_type);
   4094  1.1     skrll 		    }
   4095  1.1     skrll 		}
   4096  1.1     skrll 
   4097  1.1     skrll 	      sreloc = elf_section_data (input_section)->sreloc;
   4098  1.1     skrll 	      if (sreloc == NULL)
   4099  1.1     skrll 		abort ();
   4100  1.1     skrll 
   4101  1.1     skrll 	      loc = sreloc->contents;
   4102  1.1     skrll 	      loc += sreloc->reloc_count++ * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
   4103  1.1     skrll 	      bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, &outrel, loc);
   4104  1.1     skrll 
   4105  1.1     skrll 	      /* This reloc will be computed at runtime, so there's no
   4106  1.1     skrll                  need to do anything now, except for R_68K_32
   4107  1.1     skrll                  relocations that have been turned into
   4108  1.1     skrll                  R_68K_RELATIVE.  */
   4109  1.1     skrll 	      if (!relocate)
   4110  1.1     skrll 		continue;
   4111  1.1     skrll 	    }
   4112  1.1     skrll 
   4113  1.1     skrll 	  break;
   4114  1.1     skrll 
   4115  1.1     skrll 	case R_68K_GNU_VTINHERIT:
   4116  1.1     skrll 	case R_68K_GNU_VTENTRY:
   4117  1.1     skrll 	  /* These are no-ops in the end.  */
   4118  1.1     skrll 	  continue;
   4119  1.1     skrll 
   4120  1.1     skrll 	default:
   4121  1.1     skrll 	  break;
   4122  1.1     skrll 	}
   4123  1.1     skrll 
   4124  1.1     skrll       /* Dynamic relocs are not propagated for SEC_DEBUGGING sections
   4125  1.1     skrll 	 because such sections are not SEC_ALLOC and thus ld.so will
   4126  1.1     skrll 	 not process them.  */
   4127  1.4  christos       if (unresolved_reloc
   4128  1.4  christos 	  && !((input_section->flags & SEC_DEBUGGING) != 0
   4129  1.4  christos 	       && h->def_dynamic)
   4130  1.1     skrll 	  && _bfd_elf_section_offset (output_bfd, info, input_section,
   4131  1.1     skrll 				      rel->r_offset) != (bfd_vma) -1)
   4132  1.1     skrll 	{
   4133  1.1     skrll 	  (*_bfd_error_handler)
   4134  1.1     skrll 	    (_("%B(%A+0x%lx): unresolvable %s relocation against symbol `%s'"),
   4135  1.1     skrll 	     input_bfd,
   4136  1.1     skrll 	     input_section,
   4137  1.1     skrll 	     (long) rel->r_offset,
   4138  1.1     skrll 	     howto->name,
   4139  1.1     skrll 	     h->root.root.string);
   4140  1.1     skrll 	  return FALSE;
   4141  1.3  christos 	}
   4142  1.3  christos 
   4143  1.3  christos       if (r_symndx != STN_UNDEF
   4144  1.3  christos 	  && r_type != R_68K_NONE
   4145  1.3  christos 	  && (h == NULL
   4146  1.3  christos 	      || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defined
   4147  1.3  christos 	      || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak))
   4148  1.3  christos 	{
   4149  1.3  christos 	  char sym_type;
   4150  1.3  christos 
   4151  1.3  christos 	  sym_type = (sym != NULL) ? ELF32_ST_TYPE (sym->st_info) : h->type;
   4152  1.3  christos 
   4153  1.3  christos 	  if (elf_m68k_reloc_tls_p (r_type) != (sym_type == STT_TLS))
   4154  1.3  christos 	    {
   4155  1.3  christos 	      const char *name;
   4156  1.3  christos 
   4157  1.3  christos 	      if (h != NULL)
   4158  1.3  christos 		name = h->root.root.string;
   4159  1.3  christos 	      else
   4160  1.3  christos 		{
   4161  1.3  christos 		  name = (bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section
   4162  1.3  christos 			  (input_bfd, symtab_hdr->sh_link, sym->st_name));
   4163  1.3  christos 		  if (name == NULL || *name == '\0')
   4164  1.3  christos 		    name = bfd_section_name (input_bfd, sec);
   4165  1.3  christos 		}
   4166  1.3  christos 
   4167  1.3  christos 	      (*_bfd_error_handler)
   4168  1.3  christos 		((sym_type == STT_TLS
   4169  1.3  christos 		  ? _("%B(%A+0x%lx): %s used with TLS symbol %s")
   4170  1.3  christos 		  : _("%B(%A+0x%lx): %s used with non-TLS symbol %s")),
   4171  1.3  christos 		 input_bfd,
   4172  1.3  christos 		 input_section,
   4173  1.3  christos 		 (long) rel->r_offset,
   4174  1.3  christos 		 howto->name,
   4175  1.3  christos 		 name);
   4176  1.3  christos 	    }
   4177  1.1     skrll 	}
   4178  1.1     skrll 
   4179  1.1     skrll       r = _bfd_final_link_relocate (howto, input_bfd, input_section,
   4180  1.1     skrll 				    contents, rel->r_offset,
   4181  1.1     skrll 				    relocation, rel->r_addend);
   4182  1.1     skrll 
   4183  1.1     skrll       if (r != bfd_reloc_ok)
   4184  1.1     skrll 	{
   4185  1.1     skrll 	  const char *name;
   4186  1.1     skrll 
   4187  1.1     skrll 	  if (h != NULL)
   4188  1.1     skrll 	    name = h->root.root.string;
   4189  1.1     skrll 	  else
   4190  1.1     skrll 	    {
   4191  1.1     skrll 	      name = bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (input_bfd,
   4192  1.1     skrll 						      symtab_hdr->sh_link,
   4193  1.1     skrll 						      sym->st_name);
   4194  1.1     skrll 	      if (name == NULL)
   4195  1.1     skrll 		return FALSE;
   4196  1.1     skrll 	      if (*name == '\0')
   4197  1.1     skrll 		name = bfd_section_name (input_bfd, sec);
   4198  1.1     skrll 	    }
   4199  1.1     skrll 
   4200  1.1     skrll 	  if (r == bfd_reloc_overflow)
   4201  1.1     skrll 	    {
   4202  1.1     skrll 	      if (!(info->callbacks->reloc_overflow
   4203  1.1     skrll 		    (info, (h ? &h->root : NULL), name, howto->name,
   4204  1.1     skrll 		     (bfd_vma) 0, input_bfd, input_section,
   4205  1.1     skrll 		     rel->r_offset)))
   4206  1.1     skrll 		return FALSE;
   4207  1.1     skrll 	    }
   4208  1.1     skrll 	  else
   4209  1.1     skrll 	    {
   4210  1.1     skrll 	      (*_bfd_error_handler)
   4211  1.1     skrll 		(_("%B(%A+0x%lx): reloc against `%s': error %d"),
   4212  1.1     skrll 		 input_bfd, input_section,
   4213  1.1     skrll 		 (long) rel->r_offset, name, (int) r);
   4214  1.1     skrll 	      return FALSE;
   4215  1.1     skrll 	    }
   4216  1.1     skrll 	}
   4217  1.1     skrll     }
   4218  1.1     skrll 
   4219  1.1     skrll   return TRUE;
   4220  1.1     skrll }
   4221  1.1     skrll 
   4222  1.1     skrll /* Install an M_68K_PC32 relocation against VALUE at offset OFFSET
   4223  1.1     skrll    into section SEC.  */
   4224  1.1     skrll 
   4225  1.1     skrll static void
   4226  1.1     skrll elf_m68k_install_pc32 (asection *sec, bfd_vma offset, bfd_vma value)
   4227  1.1     skrll {
   4228  1.1     skrll   /* Make VALUE PC-relative.  */
   4229  1.1     skrll   value -= sec->output_section->vma + offset;
   4230  1.1     skrll 
   4231  1.1     skrll   /* Apply any in-place addend.  */
   4232  1.1     skrll   value += bfd_get_32 (sec->owner, sec->contents + offset);
   4233  1.1     skrll 
   4234  1.1     skrll   bfd_put_32 (sec->owner, value, sec->contents + offset);
   4235  1.1     skrll }
   4236  1.1     skrll 
   4237  1.1     skrll /* Finish up dynamic symbol handling.  We set the contents of various
   4238  1.1     skrll    dynamic sections here.  */
   4239  1.4  christos 
   4240  1.4  christos static bfd_boolean
   4241  1.4  christos elf_m68k_finish_dynamic_symbol (bfd *output_bfd,
   4242  1.4  christos 				struct bfd_link_info *info,
   4243  1.1     skrll 				struct elf_link_hash_entry *h,
   4244  1.1     skrll 				Elf_Internal_Sym *sym)
   4245  1.1     skrll {
   4246  1.1     skrll   bfd *dynobj;
   4247  1.1     skrll 
   4248  1.1     skrll   dynobj = elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj;
   4249  1.1     skrll 
   4250  1.1     skrll   if (h->plt.offset != (bfd_vma) -1)
   4251  1.1     skrll     {
   4252  1.1     skrll       const struct elf_m68k_plt_info *plt_info;
   4253  1.1     skrll       asection *splt;
   4254  1.1     skrll       asection *sgot;
   4255  1.1     skrll       asection *srela;
   4256  1.1     skrll       bfd_vma plt_index;
   4257  1.1     skrll       bfd_vma got_offset;
   4258  1.1     skrll       Elf_Internal_Rela rela;
   4259  1.1     skrll       bfd_byte *loc;
   4260  1.1     skrll 
   4261  1.1     skrll       /* This symbol has an entry in the procedure linkage table.  Set
   4262  1.1     skrll 	 it up.  */
   4263  1.1     skrll 
   4264  1.1     skrll       BFD_ASSERT (h->dynindx != -1);
   4265  1.4  christos 
   4266  1.4  christos       plt_info = elf_m68k_hash_table (info)->plt_info;
   4267  1.4  christos       splt = bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj, ".plt");
   4268  1.1     skrll       sgot = bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj, ".got.plt");
   4269  1.1     skrll       srela = bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj, ".rela.plt");
   4270  1.1     skrll       BFD_ASSERT (splt != NULL && sgot != NULL && srela != NULL);
   4271  1.1     skrll 
   4272  1.1     skrll       /* Get the index in the procedure linkage table which
   4273  1.1     skrll 	 corresponds to this symbol.  This is the index of this symbol
   4274  1.1     skrll 	 in all the symbols for which we are making plt entries.  The
   4275  1.1     skrll 	 first entry in the procedure linkage table is reserved.  */
   4276  1.1     skrll       plt_index = (h->plt.offset / plt_info->size) - 1;
   4277  1.1     skrll 
   4278  1.1     skrll       /* Get the offset into the .got table of the entry that
   4279  1.1     skrll 	 corresponds to this function.  Each .got entry is 4 bytes.
   4280  1.1     skrll 	 The first three are reserved.  */
   4281  1.1     skrll       got_offset = (plt_index + 3) * 4;
   4282  1.1     skrll 
   4283  1.1     skrll       memcpy (splt->contents + h->plt.offset,
   4284  1.1     skrll 	      plt_info->symbol_entry,
   4285  1.1     skrll 	      plt_info->size);
   4286  1.1     skrll 
   4287  1.1     skrll       elf_m68k_install_pc32 (splt, h->plt.offset + plt_info->symbol_relocs.got,
   4288  1.1     skrll 			     (sgot->output_section->vma
   4289  1.1     skrll 			      + sgot->output_offset
   4290  1.1     skrll 			      + got_offset));
   4291  1.1     skrll 
   4292  1.1     skrll       bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_index * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela),
   4293  1.1     skrll 		  splt->contents
   4294  1.1     skrll 		  + h->plt.offset
   4295  1.1     skrll 		  + plt_info->symbol_resolve_entry + 2);
   4296  1.1     skrll 
   4297  1.1     skrll       elf_m68k_install_pc32 (splt, h->plt.offset + plt_info->symbol_relocs.plt,
   4298  1.1     skrll 			     splt->output_section->vma);
   4299  1.1     skrll 
   4300  1.1     skrll       /* Fill in the entry in the global offset table.  */
   4301  1.1     skrll       bfd_put_32 (output_bfd,
   4302  1.1     skrll 		  (splt->output_section->vma
   4303  1.1     skrll 		   + splt->output_offset
   4304  1.1     skrll 		   + h->plt.offset
   4305  1.1     skrll 		   + plt_info->symbol_resolve_entry),
   4306  1.1     skrll 		  sgot->contents + got_offset);
   4307  1.1     skrll 
   4308  1.1     skrll       /* Fill in the entry in the .rela.plt section.  */
   4309  1.1     skrll       rela.r_offset = (sgot->output_section->vma
   4310  1.1     skrll 		       + sgot->output_offset
   4311  1.1     skrll 		       + got_offset);
   4312  1.1     skrll       rela.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (h->dynindx, R_68K_JMP_SLOT);
   4313  1.1     skrll       rela.r_addend = 0;
   4314  1.1     skrll       loc = srela->contents + plt_index * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
   4315  1.1     skrll       bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, &rela, loc);
   4316  1.1     skrll 
   4317  1.1     skrll       if (!h->def_regular)
   4318  1.1     skrll 	{
   4319  1.1     skrll 	  /* Mark the symbol as undefined, rather than as defined in
   4320  1.1     skrll 	     the .plt section.  Leave the value alone.  */
   4321  1.1     skrll 	  sym->st_shndx = SHN_UNDEF;
   4322  1.1     skrll 	}
   4323  1.1     skrll     }
   4324  1.1     skrll 
   4325  1.1     skrll   if (elf_m68k_hash_entry (h)->glist != NULL)
   4326  1.1     skrll     {
   4327  1.1     skrll       asection *sgot;
   4328  1.1     skrll       asection *srela;
   4329  1.1     skrll       struct elf_m68k_got_entry *got_entry;
   4330  1.1     skrll 
   4331  1.1     skrll       /* This symbol has an entry in the global offset table.  Set it
   4332  1.4  christos 	 up.  */
   4333  1.4  christos 
   4334  1.1     skrll       sgot = bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj, ".got");
   4335  1.1     skrll       srela = bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj, ".rela.got");
   4336  1.1     skrll       BFD_ASSERT (sgot != NULL && srela != NULL);
   4337  1.1     skrll 
   4338  1.1     skrll       got_entry = elf_m68k_hash_entry (h)->glist;
   4339  1.1     skrll 
   4340  1.3  christos       while (got_entry != NULL)
   4341  1.3  christos 	{
   4342  1.1     skrll 	  enum elf_m68k_reloc_type r_type;
   4343  1.3  christos 	  bfd_vma got_entry_offset;
   4344  1.3  christos 
   4345  1.1     skrll 	  r_type = got_entry->key_.type;
   4346  1.1     skrll 	  got_entry_offset = got_entry->u.s2.offset &~ (bfd_vma) 1;
   4347  1.1     skrll 
   4348  1.1     skrll 	  /* If this is a -Bsymbolic link, and the symbol is defined
   4349  1.3  christos 	     locally, we just want to emit a RELATIVE reloc.  Likewise if
   4350  1.1     skrll 	     the symbol was forced to be local because of a version file.
   4351  1.6  christos 	     The entry in the global offset table already have been
   4352  1.3  christos 	     initialized in the relocate_section function.  */
   4353  1.1     skrll 	  if (bfd_link_pic (info)
   4354  1.3  christos 	      && SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info, h))
   4355  1.3  christos 	    {
   4356  1.3  christos 	      bfd_vma relocation;
   4357  1.3  christos 
   4358  1.3  christos 	      relocation = bfd_get_signed_32 (output_bfd,
   4359  1.3  christos 					      (sgot->contents
   4360  1.3  christos 					       + got_entry_offset));
   4361  1.3  christos 
   4362  1.3  christos 	      /* Undo TP bias.  */
   4363  1.3  christos 	      switch (elf_m68k_reloc_got_type (r_type))
   4364  1.3  christos 		{
   4365  1.3  christos 		case R_68K_GOT32O:
   4366  1.3  christos 		case R_68K_TLS_LDM32:
   4367  1.3  christos 		  break;
   4368  1.4  christos 
   4369  1.4  christos 		case R_68K_TLS_GD32:
   4370  1.4  christos 		  /* The value for this relocation is actually put in
   4371  1.4  christos 		     the second GOT slot.  */
   4372  1.4  christos 		  relocation = bfd_get_signed_32 (output_bfd,
   4373  1.3  christos 						  (sgot->contents
   4374  1.3  christos 						   + got_entry_offset + 4));
   4375  1.3  christos 		  relocation += dtpoff_base (info);
   4376  1.3  christos 		  break;
   4377  1.3  christos 
   4378  1.3  christos 		case R_68K_TLS_IE32:
   4379  1.3  christos 		  relocation += tpoff_base (info);
   4380  1.3  christos 		  break;
   4381  1.3  christos 
   4382  1.3  christos 		default:
   4383  1.3  christos 		  BFD_ASSERT (FALSE);
   4384  1.3  christos 		}
   4385  1.3  christos 
   4386  1.3  christos 	      elf_m68k_init_got_entry_local_shared (info,
   4387  1.3  christos 						    output_bfd,
   4388  1.3  christos 						    r_type,
   4389  1.3  christos 						    sgot,
   4390  1.3  christos 						    got_entry_offset,
   4391  1.1     skrll 						    relocation,
   4392  1.1     skrll 						    srela);
   4393  1.1     skrll 	    }
   4394  1.3  christos 	  else
   4395  1.3  christos 	    {
   4396  1.3  christos 	      Elf_Internal_Rela rela;
   4397  1.3  christos 
   4398  1.3  christos 	      /* Put zeros to GOT slots that will be initialized
   4399  1.3  christos 		 at run-time.  */
   4400  1.3  christos 	      {
   4401  1.3  christos 		bfd_vma n_slots;
   4402  1.3  christos 
   4403  1.3  christos 		n_slots = elf_m68k_reloc_got_n_slots (got_entry->key_.type);
   4404  1.3  christos 		while (n_slots--)
   4405  1.3  christos 		  bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, (bfd_vma) 0,
   4406  1.3  christos 			      (sgot->contents + got_entry_offset
   4407  1.3  christos 			       + 4 * n_slots));
   4408  1.1     skrll 	      }
   4409  1.3  christos 
   4410  1.3  christos 	      rela.r_addend = 0;
   4411  1.3  christos 	      rela.r_offset = (sgot->output_section->vma
   4412  1.3  christos 			       + sgot->output_offset
   4413  1.3  christos 			       + got_entry_offset);
   4414  1.3  christos 
   4415  1.3  christos 	      switch (elf_m68k_reloc_got_type (r_type))
   4416  1.3  christos 		{
   4417  1.3  christos 		case R_68K_GOT32O:
   4418  1.3  christos 		  rela.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (h->dynindx, R_68K_GLOB_DAT);
   4419  1.3  christos 		  elf_m68k_install_rela (output_bfd, srela, &rela);
   4420  1.3  christos 		  break;
   4421  1.3  christos 
   4422  1.3  christos 		case R_68K_TLS_GD32:
   4423  1.3  christos 		  rela.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (h->dynindx, R_68K_TLS_DTPMOD32);
   4424  1.3  christos 		  elf_m68k_install_rela (output_bfd, srela, &rela);
   4425  1.3  christos 
   4426  1.3  christos 		  rela.r_offset += 4;
   4427  1.3  christos 		  rela.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (h->dynindx, R_68K_TLS_DTPREL32);
   4428  1.3  christos 		  elf_m68k_install_rela (output_bfd, srela, &rela);
   4429  1.3  christos 		  break;
   4430  1.3  christos 
   4431  1.3  christos 		case R_68K_TLS_IE32:
   4432  1.3  christos 		  rela.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (h->dynindx, R_68K_TLS_TPREL32);
   4433  1.3  christos 		  elf_m68k_install_rela (output_bfd, srela, &rela);
   4434  1.3  christos 		  break;
   4435  1.3  christos 
   4436  1.3  christos 		default:
   4437  1.3  christos 		  BFD_ASSERT (FALSE);
   4438  1.1     skrll 		  break;
   4439  1.1     skrll 		}
   4440  1.1     skrll 	    }
   4441  1.1     skrll 
   4442  1.1     skrll 	  got_entry = got_entry->u.s2.next;
   4443  1.1     skrll 	}
   4444  1.1     skrll     }
   4445  1.1     skrll 
   4446  1.1     skrll   if (h->needs_copy)
   4447  1.1     skrll     {
   4448  1.1     skrll       asection *s;
   4449  1.1     skrll       Elf_Internal_Rela rela;
   4450  1.1     skrll       bfd_byte *loc;
   4451  1.1     skrll 
   4452  1.1     skrll       /* This symbol needs a copy reloc.  Set it up.  */
   4453  1.1     skrll 
   4454  1.1     skrll       BFD_ASSERT (h->dynindx != -1
   4455  1.1     skrll 		  && (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defined
   4456  1.4  christos 		      || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak));
   4457  1.1     skrll 
   4458  1.1     skrll       s = bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj, ".rela.bss");
   4459  1.1     skrll       BFD_ASSERT (s != NULL);
   4460  1.1     skrll 
   4461  1.1     skrll       rela.r_offset = (h->root.u.def.value
   4462  1.1     skrll 		       + h->root.u.def.section->output_section->vma
   4463  1.1     skrll 		       + h->root.u.def.section->output_offset);
   4464  1.1     skrll       rela.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (h->dynindx, R_68K_COPY);
   4465  1.1     skrll       rela.r_addend = 0;
   4466  1.1     skrll       loc = s->contents + s->reloc_count++ * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
   4467  1.1     skrll       bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, &rela, loc);
   4468  1.1     skrll     }
   4469  1.1     skrll 
   4470  1.1     skrll   return TRUE;
   4471  1.1     skrll }
   4472  1.1     skrll 
   4473  1.1     skrll /* Finish up the dynamic sections.  */
   4474  1.4  christos 
   4475  1.1     skrll static bfd_boolean
   4476  1.1     skrll elf_m68k_finish_dynamic_sections (bfd *output_bfd, struct bfd_link_info *info)
   4477  1.1     skrll {
   4478  1.1     skrll   bfd *dynobj;
   4479  1.1     skrll   asection *sgot;
   4480  1.1     skrll   asection *sdyn;
   4481  1.1     skrll 
   4482  1.4  christos   dynobj = elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj;
   4483  1.1     skrll 
   4484  1.4  christos   sgot = bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj, ".got.plt");
   4485  1.1     skrll   BFD_ASSERT (sgot != NULL);
   4486  1.1     skrll   sdyn = bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj, ".dynamic");
   4487  1.1     skrll 
   4488  1.1     skrll   if (elf_hash_table (info)->dynamic_sections_created)
   4489  1.1     skrll     {
   4490  1.1     skrll       asection *splt;
   4491  1.4  christos       Elf32_External_Dyn *dyncon, *dynconend;
   4492  1.1     skrll 
   4493  1.1     skrll       splt = bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj, ".plt");
   4494  1.1     skrll       BFD_ASSERT (splt != NULL && sdyn != NULL);
   4495  1.1     skrll 
   4496  1.1     skrll       dyncon = (Elf32_External_Dyn *) sdyn->contents;
   4497  1.1     skrll       dynconend = (Elf32_External_Dyn *) (sdyn->contents + sdyn->size);
   4498  1.1     skrll       for (; dyncon < dynconend; dyncon++)
   4499  1.1     skrll 	{
   4500  1.1     skrll 	  Elf_Internal_Dyn dyn;
   4501  1.1     skrll 	  const char *name;
   4502  1.1     skrll 	  asection *s;
   4503  1.1     skrll 
   4504  1.1     skrll 	  bfd_elf32_swap_dyn_in (dynobj, dyncon, &dyn);
   4505  1.1     skrll 
   4506  1.1     skrll 	  switch (dyn.d_tag)
   4507  1.1     skrll 	    {
   4508  1.1     skrll 	    default:
   4509  1.1     skrll 	      break;
   4510  1.1     skrll 
   4511  1.1     skrll 	    case DT_PLTGOT:
   4512  1.1     skrll 	      name = ".got";
   4513  1.1     skrll 	      goto get_vma;
   4514  1.1     skrll 	    case DT_JMPREL:
   4515  1.1     skrll 	      name = ".rela.plt";
   4516  1.1     skrll 	    get_vma:
   4517  1.1     skrll 	      s = bfd_get_section_by_name (output_bfd, name);
   4518  1.1     skrll 	      BFD_ASSERT (s != NULL);
   4519  1.1     skrll 	      dyn.d_un.d_ptr = s->vma;
   4520  1.1     skrll 	      bfd_elf32_swap_dyn_out (output_bfd, &dyn, dyncon);
   4521  1.1     skrll 	      break;
   4522  1.1     skrll 
   4523  1.1     skrll 	    case DT_PLTRELSZ:
   4524  1.1     skrll 	      s = bfd_get_section_by_name (output_bfd, ".rela.plt");
   4525  1.1     skrll 	      BFD_ASSERT (s != NULL);
   4526  1.1     skrll 	      dyn.d_un.d_val = s->size;
   4527  1.1     skrll 	      bfd_elf32_swap_dyn_out (output_bfd, &dyn, dyncon);
   4528  1.1     skrll 	      break;
   4529  1.1     skrll 
   4530  1.1     skrll 	    case DT_RELASZ:
   4531  1.1     skrll 	      /* The procedure linkage table relocs (DT_JMPREL) should
   4532  1.1     skrll 		 not be included in the overall relocs (DT_RELA).
   4533  1.1     skrll 		 Therefore, we override the DT_RELASZ entry here to
   4534  1.1     skrll 		 make it not include the JMPREL relocs.  Since the
   4535  1.1     skrll 		 linker script arranges for .rela.plt to follow all
   4536  1.1     skrll 		 other relocation sections, we don't have to worry
   4537  1.1     skrll 		 about changing the DT_RELA entry.  */
   4538  1.1     skrll 	      s = bfd_get_section_by_name (output_bfd, ".rela.plt");
   4539  1.1     skrll 	      if (s != NULL)
   4540  1.1     skrll 		dyn.d_un.d_val -= s->size;
   4541  1.1     skrll 	      bfd_elf32_swap_dyn_out (output_bfd, &dyn, dyncon);
   4542  1.1     skrll 	      break;
   4543  1.1     skrll 	    }
   4544  1.1     skrll 	}
   4545  1.1     skrll 
   4546  1.1     skrll       /* Fill in the first entry in the procedure linkage table.  */
   4547  1.1     skrll       if (splt->size > 0)
   4548  1.1     skrll 	{
   4549  1.1     skrll 	  const struct elf_m68k_plt_info *plt_info;
   4550  1.1     skrll 
   4551  1.1     skrll 	  plt_info = elf_m68k_hash_table (info)->plt_info;
   4552  1.1     skrll 	  memcpy (splt->contents, plt_info->plt0_entry, plt_info->size);
   4553  1.1     skrll 
   4554  1.1     skrll 	  elf_m68k_install_pc32 (splt, plt_info->plt0_relocs.got4,
   4555  1.1     skrll 				 (sgot->output_section->vma
   4556  1.1     skrll 				  + sgot->output_offset
   4557  1.1     skrll 				  + 4));
   4558  1.1     skrll 
   4559  1.1     skrll 	  elf_m68k_install_pc32 (splt, plt_info->plt0_relocs.got8,
   4560  1.1     skrll 				 (sgot->output_section->vma
   4561  1.1     skrll 				  + sgot->output_offset
   4562  1.1     skrll 				  + 8));
   4563  1.1     skrll 
   4564  1.1     skrll 	  elf_section_data (splt->output_section)->this_hdr.sh_entsize
   4565  1.1     skrll 	    = plt_info->size;
   4566  1.1     skrll 	}
   4567  1.1     skrll     }
   4568  1.1     skrll 
   4569  1.1     skrll   /* Fill in the first three entries in the global offset table.  */
   4570  1.1     skrll   if (sgot->size > 0)
   4571  1.1     skrll     {
   4572  1.1     skrll       if (sdyn == NULL)
   4573  1.1     skrll 	bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, (bfd_vma) 0, sgot->contents);
   4574  1.1     skrll       else
   4575  1.1     skrll 	bfd_put_32 (output_bfd,
   4576  1.1     skrll 		    sdyn->output_section->vma + sdyn->output_offset,
   4577  1.1     skrll 		    sgot->contents);
   4578  1.1     skrll       bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, (bfd_vma) 0, sgot->contents + 4);
   4579  1.1     skrll       bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, (bfd_vma) 0, sgot->contents + 8);
   4580  1.1     skrll     }
   4581  1.1     skrll 
   4582  1.1     skrll   elf_section_data (sgot->output_section)->this_hdr.sh_entsize = 4;
   4583  1.1     skrll 
   4584  1.1     skrll   return TRUE;
   4585  1.1     skrll }
   4586  1.1     skrll 
   4587  1.1     skrll /* Given a .data section and a .emreloc in-memory section, store
   4588  1.1     skrll    relocation information into the .emreloc section which can be
   4589  1.1     skrll    used at runtime to relocate the section.  This is called by the
   4590  1.1     skrll    linker when the --embedded-relocs switch is used.  This is called
   4591  1.1     skrll    after the add_symbols entry point has been called for all the
   4592  1.1     skrll    objects, and before the final_link entry point is called.  */
   4593  1.1     skrll 
   4594  1.1     skrll bfd_boolean
   4595  1.1     skrll bfd_m68k_elf32_create_embedded_relocs (abfd, info, datasec, relsec, errmsg)
   4596  1.1     skrll      bfd *abfd;
   4597  1.1     skrll      struct bfd_link_info *info;
   4598  1.1     skrll      asection *datasec;
   4599  1.1     skrll      asection *relsec;
   4600  1.1     skrll      char **errmsg;
   4601  1.1     skrll {
   4602  1.1     skrll   Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr;
   4603  1.1     skrll   Elf_Internal_Sym *isymbuf = NULL;
   4604  1.1     skrll   Elf_Internal_Rela *internal_relocs = NULL;
   4605  1.1     skrll   Elf_Internal_Rela *irel, *irelend;
   4606  1.1     skrll   bfd_byte *p;
   4607  1.6  christos   bfd_size_type amt;
   4608  1.1     skrll 
   4609  1.1     skrll   BFD_ASSERT (! bfd_link_relocatable (info));
   4610  1.1     skrll 
   4611  1.1     skrll   *errmsg = NULL;
   4612  1.1     skrll 
   4613  1.1     skrll   if (datasec->reloc_count == 0)
   4614  1.1     skrll     return TRUE;
   4615  1.1     skrll 
   4616  1.1     skrll   symtab_hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_hdr;
   4617  1.1     skrll 
   4618  1.4  christos   /* Get a copy of the native relocations.  */
   4619  1.1     skrll   internal_relocs = (_bfd_elf_link_read_relocs
   4620  1.1     skrll 		     (abfd, datasec, NULL, (Elf_Internal_Rela *) NULL,
   4621  1.1     skrll 		      info->keep_memory));
   4622  1.1     skrll   if (internal_relocs == NULL)
   4623  1.1     skrll     goto error_return;
   4624  1.1     skrll 
   4625  1.1     skrll   amt = (bfd_size_type) datasec->reloc_count * 12;
   4626  1.1     skrll   relsec->contents = (bfd_byte *) bfd_alloc (abfd, amt);
   4627  1.1     skrll   if (relsec->contents == NULL)
   4628  1.1     skrll     goto error_return;
   4629  1.1     skrll 
   4630  1.1     skrll   p = relsec->contents;
   4631  1.1     skrll 
   4632  1.1     skrll   irelend = internal_relocs + datasec->reloc_count;
   4633  1.1     skrll   for (irel = internal_relocs; irel < irelend; irel++, p += 12)
   4634  1.1     skrll     {
   4635  1.1     skrll       asection *targetsec;
   4636  1.1     skrll 
   4637  1.1     skrll       /* We are going to write a four byte longword into the runtime
   4638  1.1     skrll        reloc section.  The longword will be the address in the data
   4639  1.1     skrll        section which must be relocated.  It is followed by the name
   4640  1.1     skrll        of the target section NUL-padded or truncated to 8
   4641  1.1     skrll        characters.  */
   4642  1.1     skrll 
   4643  1.1     skrll       /* We can only relocate absolute longword relocs at run time.  */
   4644  1.1     skrll       if (ELF32_R_TYPE (irel->r_info) != (int) R_68K_32)
   4645  1.1     skrll 	{
   4646  1.1     skrll 	  *errmsg = _("unsupported reloc type");
   4647  1.1     skrll 	  bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
   4648  1.1     skrll 	  goto error_return;
   4649  1.1     skrll 	}
   4650  1.1     skrll 
   4651  1.1     skrll       /* Get the target section referred to by the reloc.  */
   4652  1.1     skrll       if (ELF32_R_SYM (irel->r_info) < symtab_hdr->sh_info)
   4653  1.1     skrll 	{
   4654  1.1     skrll 	  /* A local symbol.  */
   4655  1.1     skrll 	  Elf_Internal_Sym *isym;
   4656  1.1     skrll 
   4657  1.1     skrll 	  /* Read this BFD's local symbols if we haven't done so already.  */
   4658  1.1     skrll 	  if (isymbuf == NULL)
   4659  1.1     skrll 	    {
   4660  1.1     skrll 	      isymbuf = (Elf_Internal_Sym *) symtab_hdr->contents;
   4661  1.1     skrll 	      if (isymbuf == NULL)
   4662  1.1     skrll 		isymbuf = bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (abfd, symtab_hdr,
   4663  1.1     skrll 						symtab_hdr->sh_info, 0,
   4664  1.1     skrll 						NULL, NULL, NULL);
   4665  1.1     skrll 	      if (isymbuf == NULL)
   4666  1.1     skrll 		goto error_return;
   4667  1.1     skrll 	    }
   4668  1.1     skrll 
   4669  1.1     skrll 	  isym = isymbuf + ELF32_R_SYM (irel->r_info);
   4670  1.1     skrll 	  targetsec = bfd_section_from_elf_index (abfd, isym->st_shndx);
   4671  1.1     skrll 	}
   4672  1.1     skrll       else
   4673  1.1     skrll 	{
   4674  1.1     skrll 	  unsigned long indx;
   4675  1.1     skrll 	  struct elf_link_hash_entry *h;
   4676  1.1     skrll 
   4677  1.1     skrll 	  /* An external symbol.  */
   4678  1.1     skrll 	  indx = ELF32_R_SYM (irel->r_info) - symtab_hdr->sh_info;
   4679  1.1     skrll 	  h = elf_sym_hashes (abfd)[indx];
   4680  1.1     skrll 	  BFD_ASSERT (h != NULL);
   4681  1.1     skrll 	  if (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defined
   4682  1.1     skrll 	      || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak)
   4683  1.1     skrll 	    targetsec = h->root.u.def.section;
   4684  1.1     skrll 	  else
   4685  1.1     skrll 	    targetsec = NULL;
   4686  1.1     skrll 	}
   4687  1.1     skrll 
   4688  1.1     skrll       bfd_put_32 (abfd, irel->r_offset + datasec->output_offset, p);
   4689  1.1     skrll       memset (p + 4, 0, 8);
   4690  1.1     skrll       if (targetsec != NULL)
   4691  1.1     skrll 	strncpy ((char *) p + 4, targetsec->output_section->name, 8);
   4692  1.1     skrll     }
   4693  1.1     skrll 
   4694  1.1     skrll   if (isymbuf != NULL && symtab_hdr->contents != (unsigned char *) isymbuf)
   4695  1.1     skrll     free (isymbuf);
   4696  1.1     skrll   if (internal_relocs != NULL
   4697  1.1     skrll       && elf_section_data (datasec)->relocs != internal_relocs)
   4698  1.1     skrll     free (internal_relocs);
   4699  1.1     skrll   return TRUE;
   4700  1.1     skrll 
   4701  1.1     skrll error_return:
   4702  1.1     skrll   if (isymbuf != NULL && symtab_hdr->contents != (unsigned char *) isymbuf)
   4703  1.1     skrll     free (isymbuf);
   4704  1.1     skrll   if (internal_relocs != NULL
   4705  1.1     skrll       && elf_section_data (datasec)->relocs != internal_relocs)
   4706  1.1     skrll     free (internal_relocs);
   4707  1.1     skrll   return FALSE;
   4708  1.1     skrll }
   4709  1.1     skrll 
   4710  1.1     skrll /* Set target options.  */
   4711  1.1     skrll 
   4712  1.1     skrll void
   4713  1.1     skrll bfd_elf_m68k_set_target_options (struct bfd_link_info *info, int got_handling)
   4714  1.3  christos {
   4715  1.3  christos   struct elf_m68k_link_hash_table *htab;
   4716  1.3  christos   bfd_boolean use_neg_got_offsets_p;
   4717  1.1     skrll   bfd_boolean allow_multigot_p;
   4718  1.1     skrll   bfd_boolean local_gp_p;
   4719  1.1     skrll 
   4720  1.1     skrll   switch (got_handling)
   4721  1.1     skrll     {
   4722  1.3  christos     case 0:
   4723  1.3  christos       /* --got=single.  */
   4724  1.3  christos       local_gp_p = FALSE;
   4725  1.1     skrll       use_neg_got_offsets_p = FALSE;
   4726  1.1     skrll       allow_multigot_p = FALSE;
   4727  1.1     skrll       break;
   4728  1.1     skrll 
   4729  1.3  christos     case 1:
   4730  1.3  christos       /* --got=negative.  */
   4731  1.3  christos       local_gp_p = TRUE;
   4732  1.1     skrll       use_neg_got_offsets_p = TRUE;
   4733  1.1     skrll       allow_multigot_p = FALSE;
   4734  1.1     skrll       break;
   4735  1.1     skrll 
   4736  1.3  christos     case 2:
   4737  1.3  christos       /* --got=multigot.  */
   4738  1.3  christos       local_gp_p = TRUE;
   4739  1.1     skrll       use_neg_got_offsets_p = TRUE;
   4740  1.1     skrll       allow_multigot_p = TRUE;
   4741  1.1     skrll       break;
   4742  1.1     skrll 
   4743  1.3  christos     default:
   4744  1.3  christos       BFD_ASSERT (FALSE);
   4745  1.3  christos       return;
   4746  1.3  christos     }
   4747  1.3  christos 
   4748  1.3  christos   htab = elf_m68k_hash_table (info);
   4749  1.3  christos   if (htab != NULL)
   4750  1.3  christos     {
   4751  1.3  christos       htab->local_gp_p = local_gp_p;
   4752  1.1     skrll       htab->use_neg_got_offsets_p = use_neg_got_offsets_p;
   4753  1.1     skrll       htab->allow_multigot_p = allow_multigot_p;
   4754  1.1     skrll     }
   4755  1.1     skrll }
   4756  1.6  christos 
   4757  1.6  christos static enum elf_reloc_type_class
   4758  1.6  christos elf32_m68k_reloc_type_class (const struct bfd_link_info *info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
   4759  1.1     skrll 			     const asection *rel_sec ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
   4760  1.1     skrll 			     const Elf_Internal_Rela *rela)
   4761  1.1     skrll {
   4762  1.1     skrll   switch ((int) ELF32_R_TYPE (rela->r_info))
   4763  1.1     skrll     {
   4764  1.1     skrll     case R_68K_RELATIVE:
   4765  1.1     skrll       return reloc_class_relative;
   4766  1.1     skrll     case R_68K_JMP_SLOT:
   4767  1.1     skrll       return reloc_class_plt;
   4768  1.1     skrll     case R_68K_COPY:
   4769  1.1     skrll       return reloc_class_copy;
   4770  1.1     skrll     default:
   4771  1.1     skrll       return reloc_class_normal;
   4772  1.1     skrll     }
   4773  1.1     skrll }
   4774  1.1     skrll 
   4775  1.1     skrll /* Return address for Ith PLT stub in section PLT, for relocation REL
   4776  1.1     skrll    or (bfd_vma) -1 if it should not be included.  */
   4777  1.1     skrll 
   4778  1.1     skrll static bfd_vma
   4779  1.1     skrll elf_m68k_plt_sym_val (bfd_vma i, const asection *plt,
   4780  1.1     skrll 		      const arelent *rel ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
   4781  1.1     skrll {
   4782  1.1     skrll   return plt->vma + (i + 1) * elf_m68k_get_plt_info (plt->owner)->size;
   4783  1.4  christos }
   4784  1.4  christos 
   4785  1.4  christos /* Support for core dump NOTE sections.  */
   4786  1.4  christos 
   4787  1.4  christos static bfd_boolean
   4788  1.4  christos elf_m68k_grok_prstatus (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
   4789  1.4  christos {
   4790  1.4  christos   int offset;
   4791  1.4  christos   size_t size;
   4792  1.4  christos 
   4793  1.4  christos   switch (note->descsz)
   4794  1.4  christos     {
   4795  1.4  christos     default:
   4796  1.4  christos       return FALSE;
   4797  1.4  christos 
   4798  1.6  christos     case 154:		/* Linux/m68k */
   4799  1.4  christos       /* pr_cursig */
   4800  1.4  christos       elf_tdata (abfd)->core->signal = bfd_get_16 (abfd, note->descdata + 12);
   4801  1.6  christos 
   4802  1.4  christos       /* pr_pid */
   4803  1.4  christos       elf_tdata (abfd)->core->lwpid = bfd_get_32 (abfd, note->descdata + 22);
   4804  1.4  christos 
   4805  1.4  christos       /* pr_reg */
   4806  1.4  christos       offset = 70;
   4807  1.4  christos       size = 80;
   4808  1.4  christos 
   4809  1.4  christos       break;
   4810  1.4  christos     }
   4811  1.4  christos 
   4812  1.4  christos   /* Make a ".reg/999" section.  */
   4813  1.4  christos   return _bfd_elfcore_make_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg",
   4814  1.4  christos 					  size, note->descpos + offset);
   4815  1.4  christos }
   4816  1.4  christos 
   4817  1.4  christos static bfd_boolean
   4818  1.4  christos elf_m68k_grok_psinfo (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
   4819  1.4  christos {
   4820  1.4  christos   switch (note->descsz)
   4821  1.4  christos     {
   4822  1.4  christos     default:
   4823  1.4  christos       return FALSE;
   4824  1.6  christos 
   4825  1.4  christos     case 124:		/* Linux/m68k elf_prpsinfo.  */
   4826  1.6  christos       elf_tdata (abfd)->core->pid
   4827  1.4  christos 	= bfd_get_32 (abfd, note->descdata + 12);
   4828  1.6  christos       elf_tdata (abfd)->core->program
   4829  1.4  christos 	= _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd, note->descdata + 28, 16);
   4830  1.4  christos       elf_tdata (abfd)->core->command
   4831  1.4  christos 	= _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd, note->descdata + 44, 80);
   4832  1.4  christos     }
   4833  1.4  christos 
   4834  1.4  christos   /* Note that for some reason, a spurious space is tacked
   4835  1.4  christos      onto the end of the args in some (at least one anyway)
   4836  1.6  christos      implementations, so strip it off if it exists.  */
   4837  1.4  christos   {
   4838  1.4  christos     char *command = elf_tdata (abfd)->core->command;
   4839  1.4  christos     int n = strlen (command);
   4840  1.4  christos 
   4841  1.4  christos     if (n > 0 && command[n - 1] == ' ')
   4842  1.4  christos       command[n - 1] = '\0';
   4843  1.4  christos   }
   4844  1.4  christos 
   4845  1.4  christos   return TRUE;
   4846  1.6  christos }
   4847  1.6  christos 
   4848  1.6  christos /* Hook called by the linker routine which adds symbols from an object
   4849  1.6  christos    file.  */
   4850  1.6  christos 
   4851  1.6  christos static bfd_boolean
   4852  1.6  christos elf_m68k_add_symbol_hook (bfd *abfd,
   4853  1.6  christos 			  struct bfd_link_info *info,
   4854  1.6  christos 			  Elf_Internal_Sym *sym,
   4855  1.6  christos 			  const char **namep ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
   4856  1.6  christos 			  flagword *flagsp ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
   4857  1.6  christos 			  asection **secp ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
   4858  1.6  christos 			  bfd_vma *valp ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
   4859  1.6  christos {
   4860  1.6  christos   if ((ELF_ST_TYPE (sym->st_info) == STT_GNU_IFUNC
   4861  1.6  christos        || ELF_ST_BIND (sym->st_info) == STB_GNU_UNIQUE)
   4862  1.6  christos       && (abfd->flags & DYNAMIC) == 0
   4863  1.6  christos       && bfd_get_flavour (info->output_bfd) == bfd_target_elf_flavour)
   4864  1.6  christos     elf_tdata (info->output_bfd)->has_gnu_symbols = elf_gnu_symbol_any;
   4865  1.6  christos 
   4866  1.6  christos   return TRUE;
   4867  1.6  christos }
   4868  1.1     skrll 
   4869  1.1     skrll #define TARGET_BIG_SYM			m68k_elf32_vec
   4870  1.1     skrll #define TARGET_BIG_NAME			"elf32-m68k"
   4871  1.1     skrll #define ELF_MACHINE_CODE		EM_68K
   4872  1.1     skrll #define ELF_MAXPAGESIZE			0x2000
   4873  1.1     skrll #define elf_backend_create_dynamic_sections \
   4874  1.1     skrll 					_bfd_elf_create_dynamic_sections
   4875  1.1     skrll #define bfd_elf32_bfd_link_hash_table_create \
   4876  1.1     skrll 					elf_m68k_link_hash_table_create
   4877  1.1     skrll #define bfd_elf32_bfd_final_link	bfd_elf_final_link
   4878  1.1     skrll 
   4879  1.1     skrll #define elf_backend_check_relocs	elf_m68k_check_relocs
   4880  1.1     skrll #define elf_backend_always_size_sections \
   4881  1.1     skrll 					elf_m68k_always_size_sections
   4882  1.1     skrll #define elf_backend_adjust_dynamic_symbol \
   4883  1.1     skrll 					elf_m68k_adjust_dynamic_symbol
   4884  1.3  christos #define elf_backend_size_dynamic_sections \
   4885  1.1     skrll 					elf_m68k_size_dynamic_sections
   4886  1.1     skrll #define elf_backend_final_write_processing	elf_m68k_final_write_processing
   4887  1.1     skrll #define elf_backend_init_index_section	_bfd_elf_init_1_index_section
   4888  1.1     skrll #define elf_backend_relocate_section	elf_m68k_relocate_section
   4889  1.1     skrll #define elf_backend_finish_dynamic_symbol \
   4890  1.1     skrll 					elf_m68k_finish_dynamic_symbol
   4891  1.1     skrll #define elf_backend_finish_dynamic_sections \
   4892  1.1     skrll 					elf_m68k_finish_dynamic_sections
   4893  1.1     skrll #define elf_backend_gc_mark_hook	elf_m68k_gc_mark_hook
   4894  1.1     skrll #define elf_backend_gc_sweep_hook	elf_m68k_gc_sweep_hook
   4895  1.1     skrll #define elf_backend_copy_indirect_symbol elf_m68k_copy_indirect_symbol
   4896  1.1     skrll #define bfd_elf32_bfd_merge_private_bfd_data \
   4897  1.1     skrll                                         elf32_m68k_merge_private_bfd_data
   4898  1.1     skrll #define bfd_elf32_bfd_set_private_flags \
   4899  1.1     skrll                                         elf32_m68k_set_private_flags
   4900  1.1     skrll #define bfd_elf32_bfd_print_private_bfd_data \
   4901  1.1     skrll                                         elf32_m68k_print_private_bfd_data
   4902  1.1     skrll #define elf_backend_reloc_type_class	elf32_m68k_reloc_type_class
   4903  1.4  christos #define elf_backend_plt_sym_val		elf_m68k_plt_sym_val
   4904  1.4  christos #define elf_backend_object_p		elf32_m68k_object_p
   4905  1.6  christos #define elf_backend_grok_prstatus	elf_m68k_grok_prstatus
   4906  1.1     skrll #define elf_backend_grok_psinfo		elf_m68k_grok_psinfo
   4907  1.1     skrll #define elf_backend_add_symbol_hook	elf_m68k_add_symbol_hook
   4908  1.1     skrll 
   4909  1.1     skrll #define elf_backend_can_gc_sections 1
   4910  1.1     skrll #define elf_backend_can_refcount 1
   4911  1.1     skrll #define elf_backend_want_got_plt 1
   4912  1.1     skrll #define elf_backend_plt_readonly 1
   4913  1.1     skrll #define elf_backend_want_plt_sym 0
   4914  1.1     skrll #define elf_backend_got_header_size	12
   4915  1.1     skrll #define elf_backend_rela_normal		1
   4916                
   4917                #include "elf32-target.h"
   4918